The World Tourism Organization(UNWTO),a United Nations specialized agency,is the leading internation.
2024-04-29
192页
5星级
Travel Trends2024 REPORTForewordWhere travelers are goingWhere travelers are stayingHow travelers ar.
2024-02-29
33页
5星级
WTM Global Travel ReportIn association with Tourism Economics6-8 November 20233ForewordExecutive SummaryGlobal&Regional Summary:2023Country Summary:2023Drivers of Demand2024 OutlookRisks&Opportunities2033 OutlookEvolving Leisure Travel Preferences050711172935475563 01.02.03.04.05.06.07.08.09.Contents5INTRODUCING WTM GLOBAL TRAVEL REPORT World Travel Market brings together the global leisure travel community;providing inspiration,education,and sourcing for travel professionals seeking to build unique and competitive world-class travel experiences.WTMs goal is to guide the industry through change,ensuring the community is equipped with information to ensure no opportunity is missed.Commissioning the WTM Global Travel Report supports our commitment to providing attendees to World Travel Market with the latest trends shaping the travel landscape.Using an expansive data-bank covering more than 185 countries worldwide as destinations and as origin markets,covering all major bilateral tourism flows in terms of visits,nights and spend,as well as unique industry insights,the report gives a comprehensive outlook on tourism.Juliette LosardoExhibition DirectorWorld Travel Market London01.Foreword01.INTRODUCING TOURISM ECONOMICSTourism Economics is an Oxford Economics company with a singular objective:combine an understanding of the travel sector with proven economic tools to answer the most important questions facing the industry.Tourism Economics is proud to partner with World Travel Market to produce this comprehensive overview of travel and tourism.Consumers continue to demonstrate seemingly insatiable demand for travel despite a complex and dynamic backdrop,including economic and social challenges.By examining the past and looking to the future we can better understand todays opportunities.We hope this report sparks new meanings and empowers tourism organisations to make bigger and better decisions.Dave GoodgerManaging Director EMEATourism Economics“The WTM Global Travel Report gives a voice to the changing needs of travellers and uncovers behaviours and new trends for 2024 and beyond”702.Executive SummaryLeisure demand leading global reboundGlobal travel has rebounded strongly in the face of mounting economic pressures,including inflation,higher interest rates,and squeezed household budgets.Despite these headwinds,the number of international trips in 2023 should exceed 1.26 billion,equivalent to 86%of demand in 2019.This would surpass historical demand volumes in all but three years prior to the pandemic(2017-19).The leisure travel recovery has been stronger than for business or other travel and currently accounts for around 60%of all tourism trips.The number of leisure trips taken in 2023 will be just 10%lower than during the prior peak in 2019,and the recovery is evident in most regions worldwide,with the exception of Asia-Pacific.Leisure travel to the Middle East stands out for its positive performance,aided by some large events,with leisure arrivals anticipated to be 13%higher in 2023 than in 2019.Travel spending by inbound visitors will exceed pre-pandemic levels in most global regions in 2023 as average spending per trip has also risen,partly due to higher prices,but also providing large economic benefits.The exceptions are mostly in Asia-Pacific where many destinations were slower to re-open after prolonged COVID-19 restrictions,but these are now also recovering strongly.International travel activity is still lagging domestic demand which has surpassed prior peak levels in all global regions in terms of nominal spending in 2023.This is particularly notable for the Middle East( 176%)and the Americas( 31%),but some rebalancing is now evident.Travel is being prioritised Encouragingly for the near-term outlook,travel is being prioritised within consumer spending.The share of consumer spend on travel has typically fallen during prior economic downturns or periods of uncertainty with a greater prioritisation of more essential spending.However,at present,we are seeing saving on other items of discretionary spending as the travel share of wallet has regained 2019 levels among advanced economies.Within developing markets,there is evidence that the travel share of spending is resuming the upward trend that characterised the pre-pandemic period.Increased spending on travel is partly motivated by some rising costs,driven by a combination of wider inflationary pressures and supply side factors.For example,airfares have increased due to higher jet fuel prices,debt financing requirements,and staffing costs.These increasing costs combined with potential downward shifts in consumer outlook pose a threat to the industry,but there are currently no clear signs that costs are a deterrent to trip volumes.Even among lower income households,travel volumes may not be significantly impacted.A recent poll among US consumers by MMGY highlighted high overall propensities to travel in the next six months,although only 40%in the lowest income expected to travel.However,some lower cost travel options are being sought.02.1.26 billionnumber of international trips in202398Continued growth into 2024Rebalancing of travel to international destinations should continue over the coming year,including greater diversity in choices which could spark new opportunities for global destinations.The pace of growth will slow relative to 2023 as leisure travel volumes converge with their pre-pandemic levels and pent-up demand has largely been realised.Most destinations are expected to achieve increased inbound tourism expenditure in 2024 compared with 2019 in nominal terms.Many of Europes largest inbound markets are expected to see significant growth in spend compared to 2019,with Spain,France,and Turkey leading the way.These three major markets are set to account for 30%of the incremental global travel spend between 2019 and 2024.However,international leisure spending in Asia-Pacific is still set to lag pre-pandemic levels due to the later re-opening of major markets and protracted recovery in capacity and sentiment.Key inbound markets in the region such as China,Thailand and Japan are expected to record sub-2019 levels of spend.However,even if China is lagging 2019 values of spending,it should still leapfrog the US to regain top spot as the largest country in terms of international leisure travel spending.Old favourites and new hotspotsLeisure travel growth varies considerably across countries influenced by the source market mix and traveller preference as well as destination specific factors including infrastructure,policy,and relative attractiveness for key activities.Many established destinations,such as Spain,France and Turkey,are performing well,and are expected to continue to see significant growth in inbound spend in the near term.The ranking of top destinations in each region is set to remain largely unchanged from pre-pandemic norms.However,other,historically smaller,markets are benefitting from significant growth following the reopening of tourism.These include Albania,Croatia,and the Maldives with each expected to receive more than 50%growth relative to 2019 levels by 2024.These destinations are all benefitting from increased connectivity to key source markets and prioritisation of the sector.2030 and beyondOver the longer run,there are clear opportunities for destinations to take advantage of rising household incomes in emerging markets and associated increases in travel demand.The proportion of Chinese households able to afford international travel is set to roughly double over the next ten years,while significant increases are also expected in other major markets such as India and Indonesia.This growth in demand from emerging Asian markets will benefit destinations within the region and beyond.Thailand and Japan are set to experience especially strong growth from the growing demand from Chinese middle-class consumers,helped by proximity and connectivity.China is also expected to grow as a destination as well as a source market with increased linkages supporting travel in all directions.By 2033 China is expected to more than double its inbound tourism spend compared with 2024.Elsewhere,countries such as Saudi Arabia,Egypt,and South Africa should also comfortably double the amount of inbound tourism spend,as continued investment and destination development will allow them to accommodate an increased share of growing global demand.Lower rates of growth are expected in the Americas and Europe which is reflective of mature,but strong,underlying demand.There are notable risks to the growth outlook,as well as clear opportunities for destinations to continue to gain market share.Shifting demographics could shape travel patterns as an aging profile in many economies will influence the industry.By 2050,the proportion of the population aged 65 or over will be nearly double the current level,with profound implications for activity and destination preferences.Increasing demand for more sustainable travel will also reshape the landscape.This could include an increased trend of slow travel as consumers potentially undertake longer but fewer trips.Climate change may also have a more direct influence on travel as weather displaces demand,potentially leading to shifts in seasonality.However,through technological advancements and innovative management plans,leisure tourism can continue to thrive and provide for economies,communities,and travellers alike.Shifting demographics,income growth and evolving preferences will reshape patterns within growing demandLeisure travel spending is being priortised within discretionary spending1103.Global&Regional Summary:202303.Leisure tourism recoveryIn 2023,the global travel and tourism industry has demonstrated resilience with pent-up demand and excess savings from the COVID-19 pandemic period supporting the sector.This is despite economic challenges and,in particular,the squeezing of personal disposable incomes in most major economies.This has been driven by high inflation and the impact of higher interest rates on borrowing.Consumer sentiment is declining in many advanced economies and yet,many consumers continue to prioritise travel.In the decade prior to the pandemic,global international trips grew from under 1 billion in 2010 to nearly 1.5 billion in 2019.However,in 2020,the number of trips fell to just over 400 million due to the COVID-19 pandemic.An impressive recovery means that global trips in 2023 are back over 1.2 billion.Leisure trips have recovered more strongly than business trips,although the latter is on a recovery pathway.Leisure trips now comprise 60%of all global international trips and the recovery in leisure has continued despite increased financial pressures on households.Global Inbound TripsNote:Chart shows millions of trips per annumSource:Tourism EconomicsTotal tripsLeisure trips02004006008001,0001,2001,4001,6002010201220142016201820202022Consumers prioritised travel in 2023 despite mounting costs 1312There is considerable variation globally in the recovery of leisure travel demand.In 2023,the Middle East is in positive territory(expected to be up 13%compared to 2019),while Asia-Pacific is expected to be 30%lower than the number of leisure arrivals in 2019.Nevertheless,overall,the industry has undergone remarkable recovery.However,travel in the post-pandemic world is likely to evolve differently compared to the past.Higher air fares and a greater focus on sustainability may shift traditional travel patterns.While the luxury travel sector has been booming in the immediate post-pandemic period,there could be some increased polarisation in travel markets.Consumers unaffected by economic downturns are likely to continue opting for luxury destinations.Meanwhile,those in lower income groups might increasingly feel the impact of squeezed personal incomes and seek out more budget travel options or reduce their travels overall.However,one factor which will continue to support the industry is the fact that many labour markets remain unusually tight.Although this continues to create recruitment and retention difficulties,it also means that travel remains affordable for all but a very small minority of households in the advanced economies.In terms of inbound leisure trips,the two largest destination countries in 2023 are France and Spain both with over 70 million leisure visits.Those two countries are followed by Turkey and the United States each with over 40 million visits.However,it is worth noting that of these ten largest leisure tourism destination countries,only Turkey and Greece have exceeded 2019 levels,while France is broadly on par with 2019.Both Asia-Pacific countries(Thailand and Japan)remain more than a quarter down on leisure visits which is partly due to the delayed reopening of Chinese outbound travel.Although starting from lower levels,the strongest growth in leisure arrivals has been elsewhere.For example,Saudi Arabia has major plans to reposition itself as a leisure tourism destination as part of its Vision 2030 strategy to diversify its economy.It has already seen a 64%increase in leisure arrivals when compared with 2019.Similarly,Albania has recorded one of the strongest leisure tourism recoveries in Europe with a 43%increase in leisure arrivals compared to 2019.Poland has also performed strongly achieving an increase of over 30%in inbound leisure visits.13%growth in Middle East leisure arrivals while Asia-Pacific lags global recoverySource:Tourism EconomicsTop 10 Destinations by Inbound Leisure Trips:(2023)Note:Table shows millions of tripsSource:Tourism EconomicsInbound Leisure Arrivals By Region:(2023 vs.2019)Note:Table shows millions of tripsSource:Tourism EconomicsSaudi Arabia 64%Albania 43%Poland 35%Source:Tourism EconomicsRegionAmericasEuropeAsia-PacificMiddle EastAfrica2019123 440 213 29 49 20231174281493343PercentageChange-4%-3%-30% 13%-13%Key Growth Markets(2023 vs.2019)Aided by favourable exchange rates,Turkey has strongest growth among top 10 destinations.In 2023,visitation is expected to be 15%higher than in 2019Source:Tourism Economics010203040Millions50607080FranceSpainTurkeyUnited StatesGreeceThailandItalyJapanGermanyAustria72.4m70.8m45.5m41.8m27.5m27.3m25.9m20.7m19.8m16.5m1514Largest Inbound Leisure Destinations:Global Regions(2023 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsLargest Domestic Leisure Destinations:Global Regions(2023 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsDomestic spending by global regionIn many countries,domestic visitation is more important than international visits.This is especially true for countries which are either geographically very large such as the United States or have a burgeoning population which can afford to undertake some travel such as China.Inbound spending by global regionIn 2023,most global regions are expected to exceed pre-pandemic levels of nominal travel spend.Meanwhile,Asia-Pacific,which reopened to travel much later is behind the curve in terms of making a full recovery,especially with regards to international travel demand.Nevertheless,Asia-Pacific is now recovering strongly,and Asia The Americas are strongly affected by the importance of domestic tourism within the United States.Strong recovery in United States domestic travel is expected to contribute to an increase of 31%of leisure travel spend in the Americas in 2023 compared with 2019.Domestic travel among the rapidly expanding population of Asia-Pacific is also important,expected to account for nearly is especially well represented among those emerging markets where an expansion in financial ability and enthusiasm to travel is coupled with strong demographic growth over the coming decades.Europe is the region with the highest volume of inbound visits and is expected to achieve 19%more spending in 2023 than in 2019.In growth terms,the Middle East is the leading region with 46%more spending expected in 2023 compared with 2019.$1.2 trillion in 2023,just slightly below the 2019 level.Furthermore,domestic substitution which took place during the pandemic,with many consumers either forced or preferring to travel domestically rather than internationally,is still having some impact.In 2023,all global regions are expected to recover to 2019 nominal levels of spending for domestic tourism.In the case of the Middle East,spend is expected to massively exceed 2019 levels seeing growth of 176%.International leisure spending is broadly on par or above pre-pandemic levels in all regions except Asia-PacificDomestic activity has recovered earlier than international,including some lingering substitution effectsRecoveredUS$Billions%of 2019 levelNearly recoveredNot recovered11968981461030204060801001201401600100200300400500600EuropeAsia-PacificAmericasMiddle EastAfricaRecoveredUS$Billions%of 2019 levelNearly recoveredNot recovered131 99 116 276 113 0 50 100 150 200 250 30002004006008001,0001,2001,4001,600AmericasAsia-PacificEuropeMiddle EastAfrica1704.Country Summary:2023Inbound Tourism RecoveryThe AmericasNorth American destination countries constitute the largest inbound leisure tourism destinations in the Americas.Of these,the United States is by far the single largest.It is notable that the US is one of a few countries globally which has not recovered to its 2019 level of spend in nominal terms,expected to track about 17%down on 2019.In contrast,nominal inbound leisure spending in Mexico should be 28%up on its 2019 level and up by 7%in Canada.Puerto Rico is another country in the Americas which has not yet recovered compared with 2019 with inbound leisure tourism spending expected to be a little over half of the 2019 level.04.Largest Inbound Leisure Destination Countries:Americas(2023 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsRecoveredUS$Billions%of 2019 levelNearly recoveredNot recovered831281071231271201128995550204060801001201400102030405060708090United StatesMexicoCanadaDominican RepublicColombiaPanamaBrazilBahamasCosta RicaPuerto Rico1918Asia-PacificMany countries in the Asia-Pacific region were slower to end travel restrictions after COVID-19.The importance of China as a source market means that the lingering restrictions on both inbound and outbound travel into 2023 had a large impact on destination performance across the region.Japan also kept a system of quotas on arrivals in operation until April 2023.Among the larger destination countries,India and South Korea stand out as exceptions in Asia-Pacific on the cusp of receiving 2019 levels of nominal spending in 2023.Largest Inbound Leisure Destination Countries:Asia-Pacific(2023 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsLargest Inbound Leisure Destination Countries:Europe(2023 vs.2019)Note:Europe has been analysed in euro rather than US dollar termsSource:Tourism EconomicsRecoveredUS$Billions%of 2019 levelNearly recoveredNot recovered60579457629057717354010203040506070809010001020304050607080ChinaThailandIndiaJapanMacao,ChinaSouthKoreaHongKong,ChinaMalaysia AustraliaTaiwanRecovered Billions%of 2019 levelNearly recoveredNot recovered133 131 172 111 117 100 139 122 110 151 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 2000102030405060708090100SpainFranceTurkeyItalyGermany UnitedKingdomPortugalGreeceAustriaCroatiaRecovery in India and South Korea is almost complete,while activity is lagging elsewhere in Asia-PacificSource:Tourism EconomicsTurkey and Croatia have seen the strongest inbound spending increases amongst the largest destinations Source:Tourism Economicscountries which are unlikely to reach 2019 levels of inbound leisure tourism spend.These include countries affected by the war in Ukraine,including Hungary due to its proximity,as well as the Irish Republic,which is expected to remain significantly short of a full recovery.EuropeMost European destinations have seen a recovery in nominal leisure spending since 2019.The strongest increases in spending amongst the ten largest inbound tourism destinations have been in Croatia and Turkey.Meanwhile,Portugal,France and Spain had the strongest recoveries amongst the major eurozone destination countries.In 2023,Spain,France and Turkey have the highest levels of inbound leisure tourism spending.Outside the ten largest destinations there are some 2120AfricaAfricas range of diverse countries has resulted in a varied picture across the continent.Many Sub-Saharan countries are not expected to recover from the downturn in inbound tourism.This includes South Africa one of the three largest destinations in the region.But the picture is far from universal in Sub-Saharan Africa with both Kenya and Tanzania having made strong recoveries.Largest Inbound Leisure Destination Countries:Africa(2023 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsUS$Billions%of 2019 levelRecoveredNearly recoveredNot recovered101130711211669381981118802040608010012014016018002468101214EgyptMoroccoSouth AfricaTanzaniaMauritiusTunisiaBotswanaUgandaKenyaMadagascarIn 2023,all Middle Eastern countries are expected to recover to 2019 levels of leisure spend,except IraqSource:Tourism EconomicsMorocco has benefited from recovery in European demand and is close to Egypt as second largest destinationSource:Tourism EconomicsKuwait and Saudi Arabia are expected to see the strongest growth in percentage terms(growth of 66%and 90%on 2019,respectively).Kuwait has also been attempting to boost non-oil revenues and views tourism as an important part of this strategy.Middle EastThe Middle East has demonstrated the strongest regional recovery in leisure arrivals.Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates continue to be the two largest inbound destinations for leisure spending.Both countries are investing heavily in tourism infrastructure,viewing tourism development as a key strategy to diversify away from hydrocarbons reliance.In 2023,all countries in the region are expected to recover to their 2019 levels of leisure spending with the sole exception of Iraq.Largest Inbound Leisure Destination Countries:Middle East(2023 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsRecoveredUS$Billions%of 2019 levelNearly recoveredNot recovered166121107119104129921041081900204060801001201401601802000510152025303540SaudiArabiaUnitedArabEmiratesIsraelJordanQatarBahrainIraqOmanSyriaKuwaitThe two largest destination countries in the region in 2023 in terms of inbound leisure spend are Egypt and Morocco,both of which have recovered to 2019 levels in the case of the latter,exceeding that by 30%.2322Domestic Tourism RecoveryAmericasMore than 90%of total tourism spending in the United States is domestic.Therefore,despite a relatively weak recovery in inbound leisure spending in the US,an expected increase of 30%in domestic leisure spending on 2019 represents a strong recovery overall.It is a picture that is reflected across the most visited destinations across the continent with only Colombia on track to miss reaching its 2019 nominal spending level.Largest Domestic Leisure Destination Countries:Americas(2023 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsRecoveredUS$Billions%of 2019 levelNearly recoveredNot recovered1301441181191341243252221389005010015020025030035002004006008001,0001,200United StatesMexicoBrazilCanadaArgentinaChileVenezuelaPeruUruguayColombiaEuropeIn nominal spending terms,all of Europes largest domestic tourism markets are expected to recover to spending levels above 2019 in 2023.This is especially important in destination countries such as Germany,the United Kingdom,and the Netherlands,where domestic tourism is a high share of total tourism spending.Even beyond the top 10 countries,the picture is reflected across the continent with the sole exception of Ukraine.Largest Domestic Leisure Destination Countries:Europe(2023 vs.2019)Note:Europe has been analysed in euro rather than US dollar termsSource:Tourism EconomicsRecovered Billions%of 2019 levelNearly recoveredNot recovered117 128 118 114 130 116 109 153 124 120 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180050100150200250300GermanyUnited KingdomFranceItalyNetherlandsSpainRussiaTurkeySwitzerlandAustriaThe United States dominates domestic spending in the Americas and is 29ove 2019 levelsSource:Tourism EconomicsAll major European domestic travel markets have fully recovered to pre-pandemic peakSource:Tourism Economics2524Asia-PacificWith the later reopening of international travel in the Asia-Pacific region,there has continued to be a strong element of domestic substitution in many countries.A good example of this is Australia where domestic leisure spending is now expected to be 24%higher in nominal terms than it was in 2019.The two exceptions to the regional trend,where domestic leisure spending levels have not been regained,are China and Japan.In Japan this is despite government attempts to incentivise domestic leisure holidays such as the National Travel Discount Programme.Largest Domestic Leisure Destination Countries:Asia-Pacific(2023 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsRecoveredUS$Billions%of 2019 levelNearly recoveredNot recovered93119821241191211091041161170204060801001201400100200300400500600700ChinaIndiaJapanAustraliaPhilippinesThailandSouth KoreaMalaysiaIndonesiaTaiwanMiddle EastIn 2023,almost every country in the Middle East is expected to see domestic leisure spending exceed that of 2019.Among these countries,domestic leisure spending is expected to vary from 113%(of 2019 levels)in Bahrain to 166%in the United Arab Emirates.Saudi Arabia is the destination country with the greatest domestic leisure spending in the region.In 2023,the country is expected to see a recovery in spending to 137%of its 2019 level.Largest Domestic Leisure Destination Countries:Middle East(2023 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsEmiratesRecoveredUS$Billions%of 2019 levelNearly recoveredNot recovered137166120131128901191131171220204060801001201401601800510152025SaudiArabiaUnitedArabEmiratesIsraelKuwaitQatarIraqOmanBahrainSyriaJordanMiddle East leisure travel demand continues to grow,aided by high oil prices in many marketsSource:Tourism EconomicsChina and Japan are still lagging the wider recovery for domestic and international travel.Australia is still benefiting from substitution effectsSource:Tourism Economics26AfricaIn 2023,almost every country within the ten largest domestic tourism destinations in Africa is likely to see domestic spending exceed 2019 levels in nominal terms.The only exception amongst the ten largest destination countries is expected to be Nigeria.However,in many cases spending is expected to only marginally exceed 2019 for example in Cote dIvoire and Angola but also in the two largest domestic destinations:South Africa and Egypt.In contrast,Kenya,Algeria and Tunisia have seen significant In 2023,domestic demand is above pre-pandemic peaks for most African markets.Kenya is expected to perform particularly wellSource:Tourism Economicsincreases compared to 2019.In the case of Kenya,domestic tourism has recently been bolstered by government campaigns encouraging Kenyans to travel and explore their own country.Largest Domestic Leisure Destination Countries:Africa(2023 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsRecoveredUS$Billions%of 2019 levelNearly recoveredNot recovered10411113493110115160101126107020406080100120140160180024681012SouthAfricaEgyptAlgeriaNigeriaMoroccoGhanaKenyaCotedIvoireTunisiaAngola2905.05.Drivers of DemandHistorically,the growth of tourism has been closely associated with rising disposable incomes and a reduction in travel costs.Between 2000 and 2019,the average spend per international trip fell 17%in real terms.Deregulation across the aviation industry resulted in cheaper fares and a greater volume of trips,especially short haul.In the accommodation sector,increased competition from alternative accommodation types,such as short-term rentals,have also contributed to lower prices in real terms making tourism more affordable and accessible.Tourism and the wider economySince the COVID-19 pandemic,travel trends have been less tightly correlated with traditional macroeconomic drivers.Travel constraints severely restricted travel and,as a result,tourism spending fell more sharply than global GDP.Travel has since rebounded strongly and to a much greater extent than might have been anticipated based on the typical relationship between travel demand and macroeconomic conditions.While that relationship might be somewhat stretched at present,it is still evident alongside the very strong travel and tourism recovery.Tourism Spend&Nominal GDP GrowthSource:Tourism Economics-100%-80%-60%-40%-20%0 10 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023Nominal GDP growthAnnual growth rateNominal tourism spending growthTravel growth continues despite economic headwinds,as pent-up demand is realised3130Advanced Economies Leisure TravelSource:Tourism Economics0%1%2%3%4%5%6%7%8%9 0820112014201720202023Share of walletTourism spend share of wallet 2019 benchmarkStrong travel recoveryA big driver of this gap has been aided by excess savings(the difference between actual savings and what would have been saved without the existence of the pandemic)accumulated during periods of pandemic related lockdown and travel restrictions.These savings are allowing for additional discretionary spending during this recovery period.Furthermore,some of the strongest regional recoveries such as transatlantic travel from the United States were supported by favourable exchange rates.It is also clear that leisure travel has been the market segment with the strongest recovery.However,2022 and 2023 have seen less favourable economic drivers.Upward pressure on fuel and transport prices given additional impetus by Russias invasion of Ukraine have squeezed personal disposable incomes in many countries,while also putting pressure on airlines to pass additional costs on to the consumer in the form of higher air fares.Higher costs have not yet been a significant deterrent to growth and travellers appear willing to pay higher prices.Some of this may be the result of continued pent-up demand and remaining accumulated savings.There is evidence that many consumers are prioritising travel over other types of discretionary spending.Tight labour markets during the current slowdown are also key;unemployment in most countries is relatively low given the backdrop.As long as unemployment remains low,sentiment should support a continued prioritisation of discretionary spend towards travel.In advanced economies,leisure travel and tourism share of wallet is now higher than it was in 2019.This ratio fell during and following previous economic downturns but currently remains high.Meanwhile,survey evidence points to a continued prioritisation of travel over other discretionary spend.The situation in emerging markets is somewhat different largely thanks to emerging economies in Asia being slower to restart travel after the COVID-19 pandemic.Jet Fuel&Crack SpreadSource:Tourism Economics$0.00$0.50$1.00$1.50$2.00$2.50$3.00$3.50$4.00$4.50201520162017201820192020202120222023Crack spreadJet fuelUS$/gallonReversing economic drivers?Some of the key drivers of recent growth have gone into reverse in recent months illustrating some specific risks to continued expansion into 2024 and beyond.Notably,persistent high cost factors may dampen the continued travel demand.In 2023,the cost of flights across Europe increased 36%compared to 2019,according to Eurostat inflation figures.Meanwhile,accommodation prices rose 23%and package holiday prices were up 22%.Package holidays provide some certainty and are boosting affordability for some households,although these cost increases are a risk.Analysis by TravelSupermarket in 2023 highlighted that the average price of all-inclusive trips for UK holidaymakers to key destinations,including Spain and Turkey,increased by more than 30%compared to 2019.Furthermore,transatlantic travel from the United States was key to the early part of the recovery.This was supported by the strength of the US dollar over the euro and most other European currencies.However,over the past year both sterling and the euro have recovered somewhat,making the purchasing power of the US dollar weaker in Europe.Travel and tourism has historically been very responsive to changes in exchange rates.However,this is more likely to influence individual countries and destinations rather than having an overall net impact on travel and tourism globally.The price of jet fuel has also been volatile.From the peaks seen in the summer of 2022,prices have fallen by around 30%but currently jet fuel is significantly higher than at the start of the year.A similar trend is evident for crack spread,the overall pricing difference between a barrel of crude oil and the petroleum products refined from it,which currently hovers around$40 per barrel.Therefore,there are potential continued upward pressures on air fares as fuel generally accounts for 20-30%of total airline operating costs.There will be a limit to which airlines are able to absorb this cost before passing it onto the consumer.Additional upward pressures are also present in the longer term through requirements for expensive sustainable fuels(SAFs).Tourism spend expected share of wallet(2024):EU:11%North America:7vanced Economies:8%Source:Tourism Economics3332Supply side constraintsGeopolitical events such as Russias invasion of Ukraine have hindered the movement of goods and services.This has negatively impacted the availability and costs of raw materials,creating challenges for the industry.Over the course of 2023,some airlines experienced a shortage of planes due to these constraints.According to the International Air Transport Association(IATA),supply chain shortages have led to delays in deliveries of new aircraft and global capacity is likely to remain constrained as a result of supply side challenges.IATA recently reported that wage pressures and skills shortages continue to impact the aviation sector.A shortage of air traffic control staff was also identified as a specific concern which is impacting the industrys ability to meet the recovery in demand.A related issue is staff shortages.During the pandemic period,the tourism industry,especially the hospitality sector,lost many experienced staff.A lot of these staff found new posts in other sectors of the economy.When tourism started to recover new staff had to be hired at relatively short notice in the context of globally tight labour markets.Some posts remain hard to fill while other posts were eventually filled via the raising of rates,which has increased upward cost pressures.Demand continues to outpace supply:record airline load factor was nearly met in mid-2023Source:International Air Transport Association(IATA)Staff shortages have limited capacity and recovery todate in many destinationsStaffing issues are the 2nd biggest barrier to tourism growth currentlySource:Tourism Economics Travel Industry Monitor,Q3 2023Aligning with a broader trend as consumers seek out new and unique experiences,“affordable luxury”has become a growth area in travel.After the pandemic and restrictions on travel,many have wanted to upgrade their experience during this“revenge tourism”wave as consumers proactively catch up on missed tourism experiences.However,there are signs that this segment may now be facing more awkward conditions.A recent report by Morning Consult shows that travel intentions are still increasing in some countries,but are falling in some key source markets,most notably in Europe.This may reflect a declining trend in consumer confidence in some key source markets globally.Based on Ipsos latest Global Consumer Confidence Index,some countries have consumer confidence indices below 50 which implies a deteriorating outlook.However,it is not a completely negative picture:India and the United States(which is the largest travel market globally)both have indices above the 50 mark.Both the UK and Australia although beneath 50 are at levels which imply relatively little change in outlook.However,some key source markets such as Japan and Germany are not only considerably beneath 50 but have been deteriorating over recent months.However,United States consumer data from MMGY suggests that the impacts of economic squeezing are concentrated firmly on those households with incomes of under$50,000 per annum,who excess savings during the pandemic period were considerably lower.While travel sentiment among this income cohort was low,the remainder of respondents indicated high likelihood of future travel.Furthermore,travel sentiment overall improved compared with Q1 2023 which demonstrates the enviable position of the travel industry as it continues to benefit from strong underlying demand despite increasing cost pressures and economic uncertainty.Year-on-year change in percentage of respondents in each country who said they will travel within 12 months(Selected Countries)China 22%Japan 9%U.S.0%U.K.-1%India-3nada-4%Germany-6%Source:Morning Consult,Jan 2021-Jul 2023Affordable luxury becoming more popular amidst promising sentiment overallUS consumers planning travel within 6 months:Source:MMGY Portrait of the American Traveller,Q2 202342gx%0 0Pp%$250k3506.06.2024 OutlookGlobal GDP growth is notably weak in 2024 as many countries have recently adopted tighter monetary policies,including interest rate hikes in a bid to tackle stubbornly high inflation.While inflation remains well above target in some countries,interest rates are expected to be sticky,which will likely have knock on effects to the broader economy.Despite this,the outlook for leisure travel demand in 2024 remains robust.In the post-pandemic era,travel demand has persistently defied the macroeconomic backdrop upon which it typically relies.Consumers have exhibited a propensity to prioritise spending on travel above other categories of discretionary spend since travel resumed.With significant excess savings still available to some households there is demand still to be realised.As such,we expect the prioritisation of travel to remain a feature of the outlook for 2024.Same,same but differentSince the pandemic travellers have tended towards more usual“safe spaces”when choosing leisure destinations.2024 is expected to see a return towards greater diversity in travellers leisure choices which presents opportunities for global destinations.However,growth in leisure travel demand is expected to be slower compared to 2023.This is not due to economic headwinds,but rather is reflective of leisure demand volumes converging on their pre-pandemic trajectory in 2024.Nonetheless,the outlook for 2024 is subject to risks,and among these risks is the growing threat of climate change.In 2023,the industry witnessed multiple climate change related crises,and it is likely that these will return in 2024(and beyond).Wildfires and flooding are examples of extreme weather conditions which had devastating consequences for some European countries in 2023.A combination of climate change and the global weather phenomenon El Nio are believed to be contributing to recent extreme weather events.The effects of this are expected to be felt well into 2024 which could pose serious challenges for some global destinations.Global Share of Top 5 DestinationsNote:Global share is a weighted average based on outbound travel to each markets top 5 destinationsSource:Tourism EconomicsShare of typical topfive destinations2007-19 trend58Yabcde 07201020132016201920222024%share total arrivals3736However,the proliferation of climate related disruption is more likely to displace than deny tourism demand.Destinations are already starting to put in place measures to reduce over-tourism for the sake of the local environment,but hotter temperatures across Europe may also help with the dispersion of tourists across the summer peak-season.Inbound Tourism:Movers and shakers in 2024China is expected to remain the worlds top leisure destination in 2024 based on inbound leisure spending,as was also the case in 2019,and signifies Chinas long-awaited inbound travel recovery following the devastating impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.The top spot in terms of spend had been occupied by the United States for 20 years until 2018,although it remains a bigger market in terms of leisure arrivals;while much bigger in terms of spending,by 2024 China is expected to fall below France,Spain,the United States based on inbound leisure arrivals.In 2024,Turkey is expected to make the biggest contribution to global inbound leisure travel demand growth compared with 2019,anticipated to account for 13%of global growth.Spain is also expected to be significant contributor,expected to contribute 10%of global growth over the same period.Regional Inbound Outlook:AmericasThe United States is comfortably the largest destination for inbound leisure travel spend and is expected to be 8%larger in 2024 compared to 2019 in nominal spending terms.The rest of the top ten Americas destinations are all expected to exceed 2019 leisure spend levels in 2024.EuropeEuropes three largest destinations for inbound leisure travel spending in 2024 are predicted to be Spain,Turkey,and France,with Turkeys ranking two places higher compared 2019.Portugal is also expected to move up the rankings,from ninth largest inbound leisure market in 2019 to the seventh largest in 2024.Inbound Leisure Travel Spend by Country(2024 vs.2019)Source:Tourism Economics$US bn20192024020406080100120140ChinaUnited StatesSpainTurkeyFranceThailandItalySaudi ArabiaGermanyMexicoContribution to global leisure travel growth by destinationCountries accounting 5% of global growthSource:Tourism EconomicsLargest Inbound Leisure Markets:Americas(2024 vs.2019)Source:Tourism Economics20192024020406080100120United StatesMexicoCanadaDominican RepublicColombiaPanamaCubaBrazilCosta RicaArgentinaUS$bnLargest Inbound Leisure Markets:Europe(2024 vs.2019)Note:Europe has been analysed in euro rather than US dollar termsSource:Tourism Economics20192024 bn0102030405060708090100SpainTurkeyFranceItalyGermanyUnited KingdomPortugalGreeceAustriaCroatiaWeakerUS dollar will support inbound leisure travelTurkey&Portugal will become more prominent destinations and gain market shareTurkeySpainFranceSaudi Arabia2024-1913%7%7 24-235%3%2%1938Asia-PacificIn 2019,China was the largest leisure destination in Asia-Pacific based on spending.In nominal dollar terms,demand in 2024 is expected to surpass 2019 spending.This is despite Chinas protracted return to normality with regards to travel restrictions.Within the regions top 10(by size),India,Hong Kong,South Korea,and Singapore are the only other destinations expected to surpass 2019 levels in 2024 based on inbound leisure tourism spending.Middle EastSaudi Arabia is expected to retain its position as the largest inbound leisure market based on spending with$40.7bn in 2024,up from$22.1bn in 2019.Continued strong growth is also expected in the United Arab Emirates as it continues to expand its tourism offering with the success of the 2020 World Expo in Dubai(hosted in 2021-22 due to the pandemic)demonstrating the destinations ability and desire to attract and host large-scale events of all types.Largest Inbound Leisure Markets:Asia-Pacific(2024 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsUS$bn20192024020406080100120140ChinaThailandIndiaJapanMacao,ChinaHong KongSouth KoreaMalaysiaAustraliaSingaporeLargest Inbound Leisure Markets:Middle East(2024 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsUS$bn20192024051015202530354045Saudi ArabiaUnited Arab EmiratesJordanIsraelQatarBahrainIraqSyriaOmanKuwaitLargest Inbound Leisure Markets:Africa(2024 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsUS$bn2019202402468101214EgyptMoroccoSouth AfricaTanzaniaTunisiaMauritiusBotswanaKenyaUgandaSeychellesAfricaEgypt was the largest destination in 2019 for inbound travel receipts,and this is expected to be true in 2024.Total inbound leisure spending is expected to return$12.2bn to the Egyptian tourism industry.Mauritius is anticipated to jump up the ranking table from seventh in 2019 to the sixth largest inbound market in Africa in 2024.This is consistent with the growing trend of luxury travel.Mauritius will benefit from the growing trends in luxury travelIndia,South Korea and Singapore will lead regional recovery in 2024Saudi Arabia will lead growth due to new visa arrangements and continued capacity development4140Domestic tourism remains strong despite continued re-balancingGlobally,the United States is expected to have the largest domestic leisure travel market in 2024,as was also the case in 2019.Chinas domestic market is the second largest globally.While not sufficient to influence its place in the global rankings,the post-pandemic period was something of a boon for Chinas domestic travel market.Travel restrictions preventing almost all movement to and from China were active until the end of 2022,which forced Chinese travellers to holiday within China.This has precipitated a shift in traveller behaviour towards Chinas domestic offering,which in the pre-pandemic period was often overlooked for international destinations.This shift is likely to linger in the near term.By virtue of its size,the United States is expected to be the biggest contributor to global domestic leisure travel demand when comparing performance in 2024 with 2019.Indeed,United States domestic spending growth should account for 29%of global domestic spending growth over that time.China will make the next largest contributions to global domestic demand with 16%.Beyond that,growth contributions by country drop dramatically for a broader base of contributors.Domestic Leisure Travel Spend By Country(2024 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsUS$bn2019202402004006008001,0001,200United StatesChinaGermanyMexicoIndiaUnited KingdomJapanFranceItalyBrazilContribution to global domestic leisure travel growth by destinationCountries accounting 5% of global growthSource:Tourism EconomicsRegional Domestic Outlook:AmericasThe entirety of the regions top 10 largest domestic leisure travel markets are expected to have fully regained and surpassed the levels of domestic leisure travel spend recorded in 2019.The United States was and remains the largest market in terms of spend,and by a significant margin.The relative of strength of the US dollar provided an impetus for US travellers to holiday abroad,but this strength is expected to wane into 2024,which will make domestic travel more attractive.Largest Domestic Leisure Markets:Americas(2024 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsUS$bn2019202402004006008001,0001,200United StatesMexicoBrazilCanadaArgentinaChilePeruVenezuelaCubaColombiaWith the strength of the US dollar waning in 2024,domestic travel will become more attractive for Americans Source:Tourism EconomicsUnited StatesChinaMexicoIndia2024-1929%6%5 24-2316H%0%6C42EuropeEuropes 10 largest domestic leisure travel markets are all expected to receive more domestic leisure spending in 2024 compared to 2019.Germany was Europes largest domestic leisure travel market in 2019 with 220bn of leisure travel spend through domestic trips.It is expected to be in the same position by the end of 2024 with 265bn.Largest Domestic Leisure Markets:Europe (2024 vs.2019)Note:Europe has been analysed in euro rather than US dollar termsSource:Tourism Economics bn20192024050100150200250300GermanyUnited KingdomFranceItalyNetherlandsSpainRussiaTurkeySwitzerlandAustriaAsia-PacificChina had the largest domestic leisure travel market in 2019 by a comfortable margin and is unlikely to be usurped in 2024 given the gulf between it and the regions next largest domestic leisure market,India.Much like in China,Indian travellers saw opportunities in domestic travel as a substitute for international holidays,with self-drive and regional trips increasing in popularity which led to a wider dispersion of tourism spend outside the popular destinations in India.This change in travel behaviour may linger in the near term at the expense of some outbound travel.Japan looks likely to be the regions only market where domestic leisure travel spend will remain below 2019 levels in 2024.This is reflective of the historical downward trend in domestic leisure and domestic travel demand more generally within Japan.Largest Domestic Leisure Markets:Asia-Pacific (2024 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsUS$bn201920240100200300400500600700800900ChinaIndiaJapanAustraliaPhilippinesThailandSouth KoreaMalaysiaIndonesiaTaiwan4544Middle EastSaudi Arabia had the largest domestic travel market in 2019 based on spend and is expected to retain this position in 2024.With an ambitious strategy to grow its tourism market in the coming decades,Saudi Arabia has many tourism development initiatives coming to fruition which will represent an attractive alternative to short-haul international travel for its population.Largest Domestic Leisure Markets:Middle East (2024 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsUS$bn20192024051015202530Saudi ArabiaUnited Arab EmiratesIsraelKuwaitIraqQatarOmanSyriaBahrainJordanAfricaAll but one of Africas 10 largest domestic leisure travel markets are likely to enjoy greater amounts of domestic travel spend in 2024 compared to 2019.The regions largest domestic leisure travel market in 2024 is expected to be South Africa,as was also the case in 2019.Ethiopia is expected to enter the top 10 as the eighth largest destination for domestic travel spend in 2024,up from 12th in 2019.In doing so,it will likely push Angola from eighth in 2019 to 10th in 2024,and Tunisia from 10th in 2019 to 11th in 2024.Only in Nigeria is domestic demand expected to remain below 2019 levels in 2024.Largest Domestic Leisure Markets:Africa (2024 vs.2019)Source:Tourism EconomicsUS$bn20192024024681012South AfricaEgyptAlgeriaNigeriaMoroccoGhanaKenyaEthiopiaCote dIvoireAngola4707.07.Risks&OpportunitiesWhere there are challenges,there are opportunities(and vice versa)In many countries,tourism has faced persistent headwinds,recently due to the COVID-19 pandemic and latterly due to rising costs via inflation.However,despite the uncertain economic backdrop,the outlook is positive with many consumers demonstrating priority when it comes to spending on travel.Further,many factors which have contributed to the success of global tourism will continue to contribute to the industrys future growth;economic growth in emerging markets and demographic and societal shifts remain areas of opportunity.But economic challenges and global events which impact consumer confidence,as evidenced by the pandemic,represent risks to the outlook.Advances in technology,new consumer behaviour,and social and geo-political factors are among some of the risks and opportunities for tourism organisations across the world.Challenges impacting the current tourism landscapeAccording to recent findings from Tourism Economics Travel Industry Monitor,a quarterly survey among tourism professionals,the greatest challenge currently is increased operational costs,mentioned by 59%in the survey.Staffing is one of the biggest issues.Housing is so expensive in touristic areas so it is very difficult to move there just for the season.Tourism Risks:Top 6Note:%of respondentsQuestion:Which,if any,of the following are currently tourism barriers or challenges?Source:Tourism Economics:Travel Industry Monitor,Q3 2023337HTWclining spend amongtravellersGovernment bureaucracy/regulationsCost of flightsCost of accommodationStafng issuesIncreasing costs of business59%Operating costs have increased to 55%of turnover-the highest since 2007Source:UKHospitality,2021/224948Staff turnover in 2022 was estimated to be 93%compared to 80%in 2019In 2019,open jobs took an average of around 3.5 weeks to fill compared with over 5 weeks in 2023Source:Skift Research from U.S.Bureau of Labor Statistics,2023Another major challenge in the industry is staffing,including issues across hiring and retaining staff.Qualitative data from Tourism Economics Travel Industry Monitor sheds a light on these issues and how they are affecting destinations:As shown in the adjacent,recent studies have identified staff hiring and retaining issues in the US hospitality industry,which is likely reflective of a broader global trend.Mentioned by around half of respondents,negative impacts due to more costly accommodation and air travel were considered the third and fourth biggest threats based on Tourism Economics recent survey.These results underline the damage caused by high inflation and its effect on the industry.There is ample evidence to suggest that higher prices deter travel demand.In 2022,YouGovs Global Travel Profiles survey identified cost hikes as the greatest barrier to travel,usurping COVID-19.Similarly,SiteMinders recent Changing Traveller Report,regarded as the worlds largest consumer research on hotels,found that most consumers are impacted by increased costs,especially younger travellers.“Prices will have no impact on my choice of accommodation.”%agreeAverage:20%Gen Z(18-26):10%Millennials(27-42):19%Gen X(43-58):18by Boomers(59-77):32%Source:SiteMinder,2023The average impact of policy changes enabling more seamless visa-free travel leads to a17%increase in travelSource:WTTC,2018Staffing in hospitality has suffered based on demographic trends and pandemic challenges.From 2024 day-trippers visiting Venice will be charged 5to tackle over-tourism.In addition,a ticketing system will be introduced to limit visitor numbersDestinations such as New York,Amsterdam,Singapore,Scotland among others have legislated to control short-term rental supply“Revenge travel”,a current trend as consumers catch-up on travel after COVID-19,has likely mitigated the impact of high costs on consumer behaviour so far;but it remains to be seen how higher prices will continue to impact travellers choices going forward.Government regulations and policies were also considered a major threat in the Tourism Economics survey,mentioned by nearly 40%of respondents.Visa regulations can particularly influence travel flows and affect tourism receipts.Saudi Arabia has recently altered their visa structure making it easier for travellers to visit,especially those from nearby countries.This initiative forms part of their strategy to welcome 150 million visitors a year by 2030.Meanwhile,some governments are increasingly focusing on sustainability initiatives to help meet their Net Zero commitments.In 2023,France became the first European nation to ban short-haul domestic flights.This is just one policy among others in aviation which are already impacting travel flows.More regulations could have broader implications for the travel ecosystem as too could legislative changes such as tourism taxes and increased regulation of short-term rentals.5150Opportunity awaitsGlobal tourism continues torebound strongly despite risks and challenges facing the industry.By the end of 2023,Tourism Economics predicts that globaloutbound trips will exceed 1.25 billion,which is over 85%of the peak level achieved in 2019.There are many exciting possibilities against a backdrop of growing demand.This includes growth opportunities by tackling existing challenges such as expanded use of technology to address staffing shortages.Similarly,while sustainability may be perceived as a threat by some,it offers organisations an opportunity to innovate and re-engineer services and,in doing so,drive-up revenue.The prize was summarised in the following way by one respondent in the latest Tourism Economics survey:The biggest opportunities for destinations currently are new catalysts of demand such as tourism product or infrastructure investments and events,mentioned by over 50%of respondents.The recent launch of Southeast Asias first bullet train,WHOOSH,in Indonesia is an example of infrastructure expansion which can support tourism growth.The 86-mile(138-kilometer)high-speed rail line creates better connections between Jakarta and Bandung,a major arts and culture destination.Were focused on more sporting events,bringing new experiences to our destination and unique hotels.Source:Quote from respondent in Tourism Economics latest Travel Industry Monitor SurveyIndonesias new high speed rail,WHOOSH,presents new tourism growth opportunitiesTourism Opportunities:Top 6Note:%of respondentsQuestion:Which,if any,of the following are opportunities for tourism growth over the next few years?Source:Tourism Economics:Travel Industry Monitor,Q3 20233468STU%Government policysupporting tourismImproved connectivity/air routesAfordability/good value for moneyBusiness tourism/blendedleisure and business travelLeisure eventsTourism infrastructuregrowth/improvementsWhile the pandemic had a devasting impact on the events sector,demand to reconnect with others in social and cultural settings appears as strong as ever.This is an opportunity.In 2023,the world-renowned Edinburgh Festival achieved impressive ticket sales of circa 2.5 million.Although this was below pre-pandemic times,the successful festival programme,which brought over 3,500 shows to Scotlands capital in August,demonstrates the economic value and opportunity of leisure events today.Major cultural,sporting and music events have rebounded strongly in recent years,including EXPO Dubai,Lollapalooza,and the FIFA World Cup Qatar 2022,among many other.Increased consumer demand for unique,memorable experiences presents opportunities for tourism destinations and organisations.Shifts in business working practices offer new openings for tourism in the post-pandemic era.“Bleisure”,blended business and leisure travel,among other business travel trends such as“workcations”was highlighted as the third biggest opportunity,stated by 53%of respondents to Tourism Economics latest survey.Many organisations and destinations have repositioned themselves to effectively embrace this trend as individuals enjoy greater workplace flexibility now compared to pre-pandemic.For example,some Caribbean Islands,including Aruba,positioned themselves as an ideal work from home location during 2020 and that trend has continued.2.5 mnEdinburgh Festival tickets sold with 500 performers and over 3,500 showsSource:Theatre Weekly,2023Major cultural,sporting and music events have rebounded strongly in recent years,including EXPO Dubai,Lollapalooza,and the FIFA World Cup Qatar 2022The opportunity is to have a better price to quality ratio than currently.Sustainability is more and more important.5352Highlighting the extent of the opportunity to attract business travellers which generates new leisure demand,an AHLA survey in 2022 found that 89%of participants wanted to include some vacation time to their next corporate trip.Offering more affordable and better value for money services and experiences was identified as another important strategic opportunity,mentioned by nearly 40%of respondents in the Tourism Economics research.This could include uncoupling services to give consumers greater choice and,in doing so,creating more upsell opportunities.Airlines have been successfully practicing this technique for many years.Priority boarding and additional baggage fees are good examples of how to grow ancillary revenue while maintaining competitive.At a time when consumers continue to spend more on tourism experiences,offering high quality personalised services which represent good value for money are likely to generate increased loyalty going forward.Increased personalisation is itself an area of focus and opportunity in the industry.A recent Mastercard-sponsored Harvard Business Review report found that more than half of businesses consider customer personalization as an important way to increase revenue and profits.89%of corporate travellers want to include some leisure component in their next tripSource:AHLA,2022In 2022,ancillary revenues were estimated to account for 15%of total airline revenues compared to 6%in 2012Source:Ideaworks and CarTrawler data,2022Tailoring services to individual customers and giving them greater choice and control is at the heart of increased personalisation in travel5508.08.2033 OutlookLong run outlook remains robustLeisure travel was the driving force for the industry in the ten years prior to the pandemic and it is expected to remain the most dynamic travel segment over the next ten years.It is set to continue outperforming wider consumer spending as individuals prioritise travel experiences and new“travelling class”households emerge over the next decade.As a result,leisure travel spend is expected to outpace total tourism spend by a comparable premium to that of the years prior to the pandemic.benefit from price discounting.However,this growth still means large incremental volumes of new travel activity.By 2033 leisure travel spending is expected to be more than double 2019 levelsLeisure Travel Share of Consumer SpendingSource:Tourism Economics0%2%4%6%8 08201020122014201620182020202220242026202820302032Advanced EconomiesEmerging MarketsTotal leisure travel represented around 8.5%of all consumer spending at the start of the last decade rising to 9.5%by 2019.This is set to rise to 10.5%by 2033.The share of spending on international travel is smaller but is still set to continue rising.Leisure travel spending growth outpaced wider economic activity before the pandemic.International leisure travel spend grew at roughly double the pace of GDP in the ten years to 2019 but a lower growth premium(of under 50%)is expected in the coming decade as key markets mature and there will be less 5756Growth in Households Able to Afford to Travel(Selected Countries,2024 vs.2033)Note:Threshold is defined as households with income of$35,000 in 2015 constant prices.This is regarded as a sufficient income to afford to travel.Source:Tourism EconomicsOutbound Spending&Growth(Selected Countries,2024 vs.2033)Note:Amounts in US$billion/note change 2033 vs.2024Source:Tourism EconomicsMillions010203040506070ChinaIndiaUSIndonesiaUKCanadaGermanyAustraliaMalaysia202420331315RXrIf00200300400500ChinaUnited StatesGermanyUnited KingdomRussiaCanadaFranceSpainItalySwitzerlandAnticipated growth in the middleclass travel population of India,Indonesia,and other emerging markets will be faster in percentage terms than for China(Compound Annual Growth Rates of 13%and 10%compared with 8%,respectively).New travel households in 2033Increased spending on travel is most evident among Asia-Pacific markets which is linked to rising incomes and an increase in middle-class households,and especially within China.Striking population growth is expected in India over the coming decade while the Chinese population has likely peaked.However,average incomes remain significantly higher in China which,with expected income growth,means that over 60 million more households are expected to earn enough to be able to afford travel by 2033.2033:Key outbound leisure marketsThe largest leisure source markets are expected to remain largely unchanged in the coming years,but growth rates will differ significantly according to relative income and consumer spending growth.Unsurprisingly,Chinese growth is expected to outpace other large markets and,in doing so,increase its importance for most destinations due to the large growth in households able to afford travel.There is potential for China to become double the size of the United States as a source market in terms of spending.For India and other emerging markets this figure is much lower.Despite more stable demographics,income growth in several large,developed countries will lead to a growth in the number of households able to afford travel over the next 10 years.Notably in the UnitedStates where there will be an additional 8 million householdsable to afford travel.Within this total there is a skew towards higher earners and a likely continuation of demand for more luxury travel.However,this growth is dependent upon necessary connectivity and infrastructure developments while domestic Chinese developments may increase competition and encourage even more to holiday within national borders.Chinese growth will outpace other large markets and will consequently become more important for many destinations.Depending on its growth trajectory and other factors,including connectivity,as a source market China may become twice the size of the United States by 2033.Chinese outbound spending will outpace other major markets-it may become twice the size of USdemand58Largest leisure destinationsThe largest leisure destination,in terms of spending,will remain China(which should regain the top position in 2024).This ranking differs in terms of visits,but the higher length of stay and spend per visit in China will ensure it receives the highest value of leisure spending.China,United States,Spain,Thailand and Turkey are expected to be thetop 5 destination markets by 2033 in terms of visitor spend.China will benefit from the increased connectivity added to facilitate rapidly growing outbound demand.This capacity can also serve international inbound travel,while new capacity and attractions developed for the domestic market will also attract foreign visitors.Within China,the strongest percentage growth in outbound spending is expected to be from Chongqing.However,in absolute terms the greatest growth is expected to be from Shanghai,followed by Beijing and Harbin.Thailand will continue to attract visitors from a wide range of source markets,including from elsewhere in Asia-Pacific and longer haul markets.It is forecast to overtake France and Turkey to become the fourth largest leisure destination in terms of visitor spend.Bangkok is also set to become one of the largestdestination cities worldwide.Japan should also further benefit from the growth in Chinese demand,as well as from elsewhere in Asia-Pacific,while Saudi Arabia will reap the rewards of its heavy investment programme in tourism.The United States will remain an important destination and will outpace some European destinations as affordability improves with a return to more typical,weaker dollar exchange rates.Some of the fastest growing source markets will still remain relatively small.These will deliver significant incremental volume and value for a range of destinations but will be dwarfed by many established markets even despite the slower expected growth.Inbound Spending&Growth(Top 10 Destination Markets,2024 vs.2033)Note:Amounts in US$billion/note change 2033 vs.2024Source:Tourism Economics20242033158t8rw3t0100150200250300350ChinaUnited StatesSpainThailandTurkeyFranceItalyIndiaSaudi ArabiaJapan6160Egypt147%GrowthMorocco81%GrowthTunisia105%GrowthMali167%GrowthMadagascar162%GrowthMozambique161%GrowthSouth Africa143%GrowthMauritius73%GrowthReunion184%GrowthSpain74%GrowthFrance72%GrowthItaly77%GrowthPortugal99%GrowthTurkey80%GrowthEstonia173%GrowthPoland164%GrowthCzechRepublic204%GrowthSweden179%GrowthSaudi Arabia74%GrowthUnitedArab Emirates64%GrowthOman139%GrowthIsrael 90%GrowthIraq162%GrowthJordan104%GrowthQatar125%GrowthUnitedStates82%GrowthCanada71%GrowthMexico80%GrowthSuriname338%GrowthHaiti166%GrowthPeru161%GrowthSt.Vincent andthe Grenadines157%GrowthDominicanRepublic68%GrowthCuba103%GrowthChina158%GrowthJapan80%GrowthMalaysia192%GrowthIndonesia196%GrowthMyanmar191%GrowthPhilippines200%GrowthIndia133%GrowthThailand178%GrowthThe bubbles show the five largest destination countries by leisure visitor spend in each region as well as a selection of smaller,but rapidly growing markets.The size of the bubble reflects the overall size of the market for the top five destinations in each region.Meanwhile,high growth markets are shown in a consistent bubble size,unless they are a regional top five destination.Top leisure destinations by region,2033 Americas Top 5 High growth marketsEurope Top 5 High growth marketsAfrica Top 5 High growth marketsAsia-Pacific Top 5 High growth marketsMiddle East Top 5 High growth marketsNote:High growth markets are shown in lighter shadingNote:Figures in bubbles show%growth in inbound leisure travel spend(nominal terms)between 2024 and 20336309.09.Evolving Leisure Travel PreferencesMacroeconomic conditions,demographic dynamics,and government action will mould tourism patterns in the years ahead and reshape new leisure travel preferences.The behaviour of modern,evolving consumers and the responses of industry will also play an important role in determining the direction of travel in the longer term.Emerging market growthSome emerging economies have enjoyed significantly stronger growth in outbound tourism compared to more developed economies.Outbound travel from Indonesia more than doubled between 2010 and 2023,compared to growth of 36%in outbound from France.Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic,China was expected to be a significant source of outbound travel demand,but its delayed reopening relative to most other countries means that it has not yet recovered its 2010 levels of outbound travel.Outbound Overnight Travel:(Selected Countries,2010-2023)Source:Tourism EconomicsTransformation of the global tourism market is being driven by an increased share of those in emerging markets being able to afford to travel.Tourism Economics expect outbound travel demand growth from these emerging markets to continue throughout the forecast period.As it does,this change in composition will yield different travel preferences;new,younger travellers will have distinct preferences,and different cultural preferences will be reflected through the evolution of source market mix.0 0000101520253035404550UnitedStatesUnitedKingdomItalyGermanyFranceIndonesiaIndiaPolandSaudiArabiaIncrease in outbound overnight visitsPercentage increase Trips(Millions)%Change 2010-202343.872#.944.942.213%9.036%8.6137%5.082%4.563%4.4105e64An increasing number of households in China will enter the“travelling class”,wherein household income is sufficient to afford discretionary spend on leisure travel.The“travelling class”in China is expected to nearly double over the next 10 years.However,this represents only a very small portion of Chinese citizens(2.3%)which highlights huge potential for future growth.Similar growth opportunities exist also within India and Indonesia,to name just a few.Compositional changes within the makeup of the global outbound travel market will also yield a shift in traveller preferences.For example,an expansion of Indonesias“travelling class”will lead to an increase in religious tourism.There is already a clear propensity for religious tourism within Indonesias current cohort of outbound travellers,with vast numbers making the Islamic pilgrimage to Mecca,and future growth in its“travelling class”will likely gravitate towards similar behaviour.However,in some cases the experience of the COVID-19 pandemic may have altered traveller preferences permanently.Traditionally,Chinese travellers have favoured destinations with a strong retail offer,but the Chinese experience of the pandemic may have altered tastes towards more nature based tourism.Aging in the advanced economies and ChinaNearly all economies age as birth rates fall and healthcare improves.However,advanced economies already have a high proportion of their populations aged 65 or over.In many economies,thanks to pension systems,these older people are relatively affluent.China already has a relatively high share of its population in older age cohorts largely because of its one child policy.While there are relatively high rates of poverty among Chinas elderly at present,this is expected to diminish over time.Traveller age has implications for the types of leisure holiday activities which are sought.For example,while not exclusively true of the older travelling population,cruise travellers tend to be from the upper age bands of the population.As the travelling population ages,it could be inferred that the demand for cruise travel will increase proportional to this.Staycations and non-urban destinationsDuring the pandemic,two trends were apparent.First,domestic travel was substituted for international travel(mainly due travel restrictions which were prohibitive to international travel).However,this trend has lingered with domestic travels share of total travel demand still elevated today relative to the pre-pandemic trend.While international travel is re-establishing its share,domestic tourism will continue to appeal.Another enduring trend of the pandemic has been the shift toward non-urban destinations.Initially,this was largely driven by the wish to avoid densely populated areas(seen as higher risk zones for COVID-19).However,it also offered an expanded range of options within destinations for travellers,and the quest for authentic experiences and biophilia(interest in engaging with nature)has sustained this.Nonetheless,urban destinations still remain relevant due to better connectivity and cultural appeal.The“travelling class”in China is expectedto nearly double over the next 10 yearsIndia:205%Indonesia:128%China:95%Source:Tourism EconomicsGlobal population aged 65 10 2313 3316 50Source:Tourism EconomicsGlobal domestic tourism(share of all accommodation nights)68 1976 2367 33Source:Tourism Economics6766Part of the future course of travel will rest on individual government policies and responses.To a certain extent,this has always been the case.For example,countries which have scrapped visas entirely(for a selection of countries deemed desirable)or simplified the pre-existing regime through visas on arrival or e-visas schemes,have tended to see visitor arrivals increase.On the other hand,government policy is increasingly being steered by sustainability issues,Net Zero commitments,and efforts to avoid overtourism.Individual governments and municipal authorities may have to make difficult decisions on environmental and sustainability grounds.For example,Thailand closed Maya Beach after it sustained significant environmental damage following daily visits of up to 5,000 tourists.The challenge for destinations comes in addressing these issues while simultaneously mitigating damage to the tourism economy.Decisions need to be targeted to maximise effectiveness while minimising damage to the wider industry.Venice has been debating a new tax on day visitors for some time.A trial form will be levied during busy periods in 2024.Day visitors make up around 75%of visitors to Venice and account for less than 20%of tourism revenues.Therefore,this could be an effective action which has a significant effect on the environment but only a limited impact on tourism revenuesLarge City Share of Global ArrivalsSource:Tourism Economics302468BDF 152018%of World Arrivals20212024202720302033Slow Travel Trend:Go less frequently and stay longerSustainability impact on consumersThe decisions of individuals on matters of sustainability will also greatly influence the industry.Consumers may develop different attitudes regarding where,how,and when they should travel.Perhaps influenced by both government actions and new social norms,this could mean fewer but potentially longer long-haul trips,and more local,short-haul trips.It could also lead to growth in transformative travel itineraries,as individuals who are increasingly aware of social and environmental issues,opt to give back and achieve more when travelling.Growing demand for volunteering,learning new skills,and interacting with local communities are examples of how this could manifest.Slow travel,which involves undertaking longer but potentially fewer trips,may also become an increasingly popular trend.According to EHL Insights,slow tourism is forecasted to continue growing in popularity,becoming an alternative to more traditional holidays with an estimated 10%compound annual growth rate.Experiential travelA trend which looks set to grow in prominence is increasing demand for unique,authentic,and personalised experiences,with experiential tourism(immersing in new environments and cultures while undertaking travel)included within that category.Social listening data curated by Mabrian in 2023 revealed that experiential activities such as wellness,nature,and food tourism increased by over 10%compared with 2019.Meanwhile,traditional activities such as sunbathing were less important in travellers motivations compared with 2019.As individuals crave more opportunities to reconnect and disconnect from devices in an increasingly digital world,more meaningful in-person experiences are fast becoming the raison detre for travel.According to Skift Research from U.S.Census Bureau and Statistics,digital media usage soared by over 40tween 2016 and 2021,reaching over 50 hours per week.Conversely,quality time spent with friends fell by over 50%during the same period to under 3 hours per week in 2021.In an increasingly digital world,opportunities to reconnect with people and in-person experiences could serve a more important need for modern consumers.Developments in tourism products and infrastructureNew tourism investments and developments present significant opportunities for growth today and in the future.Germanys heavily subsidised rail travel programme in summer 2022 helped drive tourism demand in regional destinations with train journeys longer than 30 kilometres almost doubling to rural areas during the scheme.Later this year the Grand Egyptian Museum(GEM)is due to open near the Giza pyramids.The museum,one of the worlds largest,will house spectacular exhibits,including the entire Tutankhamun collection.It is expected to become a major economic driver of tourism.Bold,creative,and ambitious new tourism offerings are likely to remain highly relevant in the future as consumers seek out new experiences.Construction has recently resumed on the worlds tallest skyscraper project in Jeddah,Saudi Arabia.This along with several other high-profile developments in Saudi Arabia are expected to drive tourism demand to the Kingdom in the years ahead.6968Climate changeClimate change may play a moredirect role in the holiday choicesof consumers in the future asextreme weather becomes morecommon and parts of the worldheat up at different rates.Thisis already influencing travelpatterns after successive hotEuropean summers.As weatherextremes become more likelyin the future,traditional choicesregarding timings and locationsfor holidays are likely to shift also.In 2023,data from the EuropeanTravel Commission(ETC)found that the popularity ofMediterranean destinationsdropped by 10%compared with2022 which was influenced atleast in part by perceptions ofweather.Out with the old,in with the newWhere does the“old new”stopand the“truly new”begin?Doesthis mean a boon in the future forunimagined and currently out ofgrasp experiences such as spacetravel and deep-sea exploration?It remains to be seen how muchtechnological advancements willallow the industry to move intonew verticals.One thing is clear,demand for unique,unparalleledexperiences is unlikely to ebb.According to MastercardEconomics Institute,TravelIndustry Trends 2023 report,travellers are increasinglyseeking unique experiences indestinations across the worldwith spending on experiencesup 65%compared to 2019 as ofMarch 2023.This could generate newopportunities for virtual andaugmented reality as physicalexperiences are enhanced bytechnology.It could also sparknew demand as consumerslook for more help and guidanceto craft more meaningful andpersonalised trips.A recent survey conducted by American Society of Travel Advisors(ASTA)revealed that propensity to use travel advisors has increased with 50%of consumers were more likely to use a travel advisor compared with 2019.As consumers place greater emphasis and importance on travel,there may be greater interest in services to help individuals maximise theirholiday time.The popularity of Mediterranean destinations dropped by10%compared with 2022,influenced in part by weather perceptionsSource:European Travel Commission(ETC),2023 In 2023,experiential activities such as wellness,nature and food tourism increased by over 10%compared with 2019Source:Mabrian,2023Travel industry responsesHow industry responds tochanging government policiesand consumer behaviour willalso influence the direction oftourism.Increased storytellingand translating values whichconnect with consumers mayhelp to increase relevancyand appeal as consumersincreasingly seek more craftedand authentic experiences.This trend has facilitated therapid expansion of soft brandhotels over the last decade or sowhich has allowed global hotelbrands to expand their footprintwhile diversifying their portfolioto include more independentlyrun hotels with distinctivecharacteristics and values.Marriotts Autograph Collectionand Curio Collection by Hilton aretwo well-known examples of softbrands.Enhancements in travelinfrastructure and connectivity,including high-speed trains,more efficient aircraftsenabling reduced transits,andtechnological improvementswhich reduce barriers makingtravel more seamless andefficient are also likely to furtherinfluence tourism in the future.This means increased mobilityand ease for consumerswhen accessing destinations,benefitting those with thebest connections and travelinfrastructure.Travellers are increasingly seeking unique experiences.In March 2023,spending on experiences was up 65%compared with 2019Source:Mastercard Economics Institute,Travel Industry Trends 202350%of consumers are more likely to use a travel advisor post-pandemicSource:American Society of Travel Advisors(ASTA),202370Oxford Economics is the worlds foremost independent economic advisory firm.Tourism Economics is an Oxford Economics company with a singular objective:combine an understanding of the travel sector with proven economic tools to answer the most important questions facing our clients.Oxford Economics was founded in 1981 as a commercial venture with Oxford Universitys business college to provide economic forecasting and modelling to UK companies and financial institutions expanding abroad.Since then,we have become one of the worlds foremost independent global advisory firms,providing reports,forecasts,and analytical tools on more than 200 countries,100 industries,and 7,000 cities and regions.Headquartered in Oxford,England,with regional centres in New York,London,Frankfurt,and Singapore,Oxford Economics has offices across the globe in Belfast,Boston,Cape Town,Chicago,Dubai,Dublin,Hong Kong,Los Angeles,Melbourne,Mexico City,Milan,Paris,Philadelphia,Stockholm,Sydney,Tokyo,and Toronto.We employ 600 staff,including more than 300 professional economists,industry experts,and business editorsone of the largest teams of macroeconomists and thought leadership specialists.Our global team is highly skilled in a full range of research techniques and thought leadership capabilities from econometric modelling,scenario framing,and economic impact analysis to market surveys,case studies,expert panels,and web analytics.Our worldwide client base now comprises over 2,000 international organisations,including leading multinational companies and financial institutions;key government bodies and trade associations;and top universities,consultancies,and think tanks.November 2023All data shown in tables and charts are Oxford Economics own data,except where otherwise stated and cited in footnotes,and are copyright Oxford Economics Ltd.This report is confidential to WTM and may not be published or distributed without their prior written permission.The modelling and results presented here are based on information provided by third parties,upon which Tourism Economics has relied in producing its report and forecasts in good faith.Any subsequent revision or update of those data will affect the assessments and projections shown.To discuss the report further please contact:Becky SyderCommercial DTel: 44(0)203 910 8148 About Tourism Economics6-8 November 2023
2024-02-28
37页
5星级
World Tourism Cities Development Report(2023)World Tourism Cities FederationComprehensive Rankings o.
2024-01-21
54页
5星级
The Trends in Travel Where will you go?What will you see?What will inspire you?Some of 2024s most ex.
2024-01-18
21页
5星级
LE MARCH DE LARTCONTEMPORAIN ENTHE 2023CONTEMPORARYART MARKET REPORTSpotlight on artists under 40 NF.
2024-01-16
48页
5星级
The recruitment edge:EuropeDiscover what more than 42,000 students say they want and expect from uni.
2023-12-29
20页
5星级
The recruitment edge:North AmericaDiscover what 47,279 students say they expect and want from univer.
2023-12-29
23页
5星级
The recruitment edge:UKDiscover what 62,000 students say they want and expect from universities in t.
2023-12-29
21页
5星级
The recruitment edge:Australia and New ZealandDiscover what 43,000 students say they expect and want.
2023-12-29
22页
5星级
1Reform of Scientific PublishingTHE CASE FOR International Science Council,2023.This discussion pape.
2023-12-22
17页
5星级
Universal.Inclusive.Essential.THE RIGHT TO EDUCATION AND OPPORTUNITYUNLOCKING POTENTIALABOUT THIS REPORTThe 2023 UNHCR Refugee Education Report outlines the challenges faced by the nearly 15 million refugee children of school age1 under UNHCRs mandate,including school-aged Venezuelans displaced abroad.But it also highlights the achievements and aspirations of refugee youth who,with the right support,have attained the highest of educational goals through perseverance,resilience,determination,and sheer hard work.Data on refugee enrolments and population numbers is drawn from UNHCR country operations and refers to the 2021-2022 academic year.The report also references the latest available data on enrolment and out-of-school children and youth from the UNESCO Institute for Statistics(UIS).1 Calculated for 2022,counting the number of children of pre-primary,primary and secondary age in countries reporting data and applying the ratio to the global population of refugees displaced abroad for more information on refugee demographics,see UNHCRs annual report Global Trends in Forced Displacement 2022.I Afghan students attend UNHCRs upgraded Girls school at Khazaana refugee village,Khyber Pakhtunkhwa,Pakistan.UNHCR/Mercury TransformationsThe increasing complexity of humanitarian emergencies involving forced displacement presents several challenges when it comes to data collection.In addition,essential progress in the incorporation of refugees in national education systems creates additional challenges,such as a lack of data on student enrolment disaggregated by protection status an issue that is likely to persist for the foreseeable future.Where refugees are incorporated into national systems,it is often difficult to keep track of when and where they are accessing education.In other contexts,where some refugees attend camp schools and others public schools,data reported by country operations is only on camp-based populations(and thus not representative of all school-aged refugees).Despite these limitations,over 70 countries have provided data,allowing us to build the most complete picture yet of refugee education worldwide,and while progress can be seen,it remains clear that we remain a long way from allowing all refugee learners to exercise their fundamental right to education.CONTENTSForeword by Filippo Grandi,UN High Commissioner for Refugees.4Data analysis:Over 50 per cent of refugee children not in school.6First person:Nilab Akhmad,from Afghanistan.14First person:Monicah Malith,from South Sudan.16First person:Manar Emad,from Iraq.18Call to action:Steps towards education for all refugees.20The Final Word:Leonardo Garnier,Special Advisor to the UN Secretary-General.23Fully inclusive national education systems offer refugees opportunities to thrive,with benefits for refugees and their hosts The very first High Commissioner for Refugees,a Norwegian diplomat called Fridtjof Nansen,set a formidable standard for his successors.As the League of Nations grappled with the tumultuous aftermath of the First World War,Nansen was handed a trio of Herculean tasks:not just to help hundreds of thousands of people who had fled violence and revolution,but also to organize the repatriation of prisoners of war and mobilize famine relief in Russia.As he tackled this bulging in-tray,Nansen spent almost a decade at the pinnacle of global diplomacy.Well before that,however,he had shot to global attention as a pioneering polar explorer.And he could have gone in so many other directions.After leaving school,he considered engineering,military service,and forestry,before settling on zoology(hoping it wouldnt get in the way of his true passion,skiing).How did he do it?No doubt,he had innate qualities of courage,determination,leadership,and compassion.Yet without the chance to go to school and university,he would never have ventured into academia.Academia led to field work,which led to exploration,which led to renown,high politics and diplomacy,and eventually the Nobel Peace Prize.I mention this great humanitarian not only because he was one of my predecessors but also because his multifaceted career highlights a crucial point about opportunity.Nansen would have regarded the education that unleashed his potential as an automatic right.Had he known of the struggles faced today by refugees seeking access to education,he would have been dismayed.In June,I was in Kenya,which hosts 624,000 refugees and asylum-seekers,including thousands displaced over the past few months alone.An island of stability in a fragile region,Kenya has little choice but to handle the consequences of conflict and climate change.This includes helping refugee children go to school.In this respect,Kenyas commendable willingness to support displaced children must be matched by adequate resources.BY FILIPPO GRANDI UN HIGH COMMISSIONER FOR REFUGEESWITHOUT THE KEY OF EDUCATION,WE WILL NEVER UNLOCK THE POTENTIAL THAT LIES WITHIN REFUGEE CHILDRENFOREWORD4UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity educationJust over 70 per cent of primary school-age refugees are enrolled in school.Yet,the higher up the educational ladder you go,the steeper the drop-off in numbers,because opportunities to study at secondary and tertiary level are limited.The pattern is the same at the global level,as UNHCRs latest education report reveals:gross enrolment rates for refugees are 65 per cent for primary-age children,41 per cent for secondary and 6 per cent at tertiary level;figures that are lower than enrolment levels for non-refugee children,which are markedly higher in all but the lowest-income states.This matters for several reasons.First,around 20 per cent of the worlds refugees live in the worlds 46 least developed states,which are somehow expected to shoulder this responsibility even though they collectively account for just 1.3 per cent of global GDP.The result?Of the nearly 15 million school-age refugees,half are not in school.With the displaced population rising every year,there is a significant and increasing proportion of the worlds children who are missing out on their education.Secondly,ambitions of ensuring that every child has access to a full,quality education will not be fully realized without closing this gap.This year,we are halfway to the 2030“deadline”for the UN Sustainable Development Goals.SDG 4 is on education specifically,equitable and universal access to quality education at all levels.Refugee children must surely be part of that goal,but unless their access to education is given a major boost they will be left behind.This will not help meet other goals for employment,health,equality,poverty eradication and more.Comparing refugee education statistics with previous years,it can feel like we are running to stand still.Yet there has been progress erratic and halting,but progress nonetheless.Millions of refugees have received some level of education,and thousands have made it all the way to the highest levels.To continue and accelerate this progress,we need fully inclusive education systems that give refugees the same access and rights as host-country learners.That means removing barriers based on factors such as nationality,legal status,and documentation,letting them follow an accredited curriculum in registered schools with qualified teachers,and other policies to ensure they receive an education that is no better and no worse than for everyone else.Where refugee-hosting countries have implemented such policies,they need predictable,multi-year support from global and regional financial institutions,high-income states,and the private sector money,technology,expertise,training creating a broader base of support.We cannot expect overstretched countries with scarce resources to take the task on by themselves.In this years report,we have asked three refugees to tell the story of their path through education,and of their hopes and aspirations for what comes next.They are stories of success,but also of struggles,setbacks,and obstacles that many young non-refugees do not have to think about,let alone face.They are showing what can be achieved,but they also make me think of the children who have been,and are being,left behind.This is not just about statistics and targets.Its about development,opportunity,unexpected connections,opening doors,setting off chain reactions.What would we have lost if a young Nansen had not been able to go to school?And what are we losing,collectively,because half of todays refugee children are not in school?We can let these potential explorers,diplomats,engineers,foresters,and zoologists languish,or we can ensure they fulfil their potential to their benefit,and to ours.I High Commissioner Grandi meets a recently arrived Somali family at the Dagahaley refugee camp in Dadaab,Kenya UNHCR/Samuel Otieno“We need fully inclusive education systems that give refugees the same access and rights as host-country learners.”UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity education5OVER 50 PER CENT OF REFUGEE CHILDREN NOT IN SCHOOLA clearer picture is emerging of refugee educationAt the end of 2022,the number of forcibly displaced people across the globe had reached 108 million,including 35.3 million refugees.2 The school-aged refugee population,which last year was around 10 million,has jumped to 14.8 million.3Of those children,51 per cent are estimated to be out of school:thats more than 7 million refugee children missing out on education.Most accurate picture yet of refugee educationFor this report covering the academic year 2021-22,over 70 countries hosting refugees are included in our assessment of access to education for refugees more than ever,giving us the most accurate picture yet.2 UNHCR,“Global Trends Report 2022”(Copenhagen:UNHCR,2022),https:/www.unhcr.org/global-trends-report-2022.3 UNHCR country operations.All figures specific to refugees are calculations of the author with data from UNHCR country operations.4 UNHCR country operations.Data from these countries indicate that average gross enrolment rates for refugees stands at 38 per cent for pre-primary,65 per cent for primary,41 per cent for secondary,and 6 per cent for tertiary.4These figures do not include the situation for refugees from Ukraine(see section Hurdles to learning for Ukraines children below).At first glance,this years figures seem to represent a decrease in pre-primary and primary enrolment,an increase in secondary enrolment,and no change to tertiary enrolment,when compared to the 2022 UNHCR refugee education report.However,because last years figures are drawn from a smaller number of countries(just over 40 were included)it is impossible to draw direct comparisons.I Ayen Malith from South Sudan attends an English class at Morneau Shepell Girls School in Kenyas Kakuma refugee camp.UNHCR/Charity Nzomo6UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity educationRefugee enrollment ratesAverage reporting countries,202122Striving for gender parityOn average,there is gender parity with similar male-female access rates for refugee learners.Of the countries that provided gender disaggregated data,the average primary enrolment rates for males stood at 63 per cent,while the rate for females was 61 per cent.At secondary level,the corresponding figures were 36 per cent and 35 per cent.5Gender disparities in primary education accessCountries with largest gaps,refugee enrollment rates5 UNHCR country operations.6 UNHCR country operations.Refugee gross enrollment ratesAverage reporting countries,genderHowever,this does not mean that gender parity has been achieved in every refugee-hosting country.The graphic below illustrates some of the disparities,with longer lines indicating bigger gender gaps.Senegal and Gabon show the greatest disparities:in Senegal,for example,enrolment rates are 53 per cent for females and 36 per cent for males;conversely,in Gabon the situation is reversed,with 100 per cent enrolment for boys and 78 per cent for girls.6Refugee enrollment ratesAverage reporting countries,202122Source:UNHCR operationsKenya:12ppFemaleMale93%Angola:10ppfemale point diference103x%Gabon:22pp96%Botswana: 3pp82%Uganda:9pp65s%Iraq: 5pp68%Liberia: 3pp65%Jordan: 3pp640 %Philippines: 8pp36%Senegal: 17pp44%Ethiopia:13pp41meroon:11pp100wWRxqhrS%Source:UNHCR operationsUNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity education7Access problems persistClear disparities are observed when comparing access rates for refugees versus national averages at the primary and secondary levels.While the global average primary gross enrolment rates for males and females were 103 per cent and 101 per cent,7 respectively,they were only 63 per cent and 61 per cent for refugee males and females,respectively.8 At the secondary level,these differences are also apparent with the enrolment rate for refugee males and females,which are less than half the global average.Gross enrollment ratesGlobal averages and refugee reporting countries,genderA deeper dive into the situation in the top refugee-hosting countries further highlights the gap in educational access for refugees.As illustrated below,the countries with the largest discrepancies are Peru,Colombia,and Bangladesh,where there is a difference of 80,80,and 74 percentage points,respectively,between refugee enrolment and the national average.97 UNESCO-UIS,“UIS Statistics,”2023,http:/data.uis.unesco.org/;Enrolment rates can exceed 100cause of over-age learners such as students repeating years,or those catching-up on missed years of schooling.8 UNHCR country operations.9 UNHCR country operations.10 UNESCO-UIS,“UIS Statistics.”The data also shows that upper-middle-income countries with large forcibly displaced populations,such as Trkiye,Colombia and Peru,have national average secondary enrolment rates that exceed 100 per cent,10 while rates for refugees and Venezuelans displaced abroad are dramatically lower.In Colombia,for instance,secondary enrolment rates for displaced Venezuelans are close to one fifth of the rates for the host population.In other settings,such as Uganda and Ethiopia,while average secondary enrolment rates are low in general,they are still markedly lower for refugees.Secondary gross enrollment ratesRefugees and national averages,top hosting countriesRefugeesGlobal averageSource:UNHCR operations and UNESCO-UISRefugeesNational average8UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity educationA changing picture?The customary,if depressing,picture is for secondary enrolment for refugee children to be markedly lower than for primary and for the gap at secondary level between refugees and non-refugees to be significant.The latest figure,of 41 per cent,shows a potentially encouraging improvement on last year,when it was 37 per cent,albeit the analysis is not based on the same countries.11But the picture is very mixed.In Trkiye,in just two years,refugee enrolment rocketed from 27 per cent to over 60 per cent.In Pakistan,by contrast,the figure dipped from 5 per cent to 1 per cent and back up to 3 per cent over the same period.12 In Colombia,meanwhile,enrolment for displaced Venezuelans fell to 22 per cent,down from 30 per cent the year before.13The question of qualityEnrolment is a start,but where refugees are in school,weneed to ask if they are receiving quality education.There are indications that refugee learners can excel with the right opportunities.While few refugees sit for national examinations,where they are able to do so,their pass rates at all levels are high,at times exceeding the national average.In our reporting countries,78 per cent of refugee students who sit primary exams pass them.The figures are 71 per cent and 61 per cent for lower and upper secondary,respectively.14 At the primary level,pass rates are higher for males than for females,at 83 per cent and 78 per cent,respectively.15National examination refugee pass ratesAverage reporting countries11 UNHCR country operations.12 UNHCR country operations.13 UNHCR country operations.14 UNHCR country operations.15 UNHCR country operations.In the Democratic Republic of the Congo,an astounding 96 per cent of refugees who take primary national exami-nations pass,well above the national figure of 71 per cent.16Primary national examination pass ratesTop hosting countries,comparison refugees and national averagesMany factors affect learning,but one of the most obvious is the quality of teaching.We lack sufficient data to know the proportion of teachers engaging with refugee learners who have acquired a minimum level of qualifications,but other indicators can serve as useful proxies for quality education,such as pupil-to-teacher ratios.There is no consensus on the ideal ratio,which in any case varies between age groups.However it is agreed that younger children and learners from disadvantaged back-grounds benefit from a lower pupil-to-teacher ratio.17 While few countries are able to report reliable figures,some appear to have very high ratios Uganda,for instance,has an average of 73 refugee pupils for each teacher.18The differences with national averages are also marked in some cases.For example,while the national average pupil-to-teacher ratio in Burundi is 43,19 for refugees it is 62.2016 UNHCR country operations.17 OECD,“Education GPS:Class Size&Student-Teacher Ratio”(Paris:OECD,2022),https:/bit.ly/3R0Sbvk.18 UNHCR country operations.19 World Bank,“World Bank Open Data:Pupil-Teacher Ratio,Primary,”World Bank Open Data,2018,https:/data.worldbank.org.20 UNHCR country operations.Primary educationLower secondary educationUpper secondary educationSource:UNHCR operations;N=23 countriesRefugeesNational averageSource:UNHCR operations and Rossiter&KonateUNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity education9REGIONAL SPOTLIGHT:ACCESS IN THE AMERICASAt the end of 2022,there were more than 700,000 refugees and 5.3 million others in need of protection in the Americas.21 Most were Venezuelans displaced abroad:Colombia(2.5 million),Peru(976,400)and Ecuador(555,400)host the largest displaced populations in the region.22Refugee enrolmentThe data indicates that refugee enrolment in the Americas is low.For one thing,enrolment rates drop off in the transition from primary to secondary education in virtually every reporting country.There are also big differences between national averages and refugee enrolment.As the graph below shows,in Peru,for example,the primary enrolment rate for refugees is only 42 per cent,23 while the corresponding national figure is 121 per cent.2421 UNHCR,“Global Trends Report 2022.”22 UNHCR.23 UNHCR country operations.24 UNESCO-UIS,“UIS Statistics.”25 R4V,“GIFMM Colombia:Anlisis de Resultados Del Examen de Estado de La Educacin Media,ICFES Saber 11(2022)En Poblacin Escolar Refugiada y Migrante de Venezuela,”2022,https:/www.r4v.info/es/document/gifmm-colombia-analisis-de-resultados-del-examen-de-estado-de-la-educacion-media-icfes-0.Assessments/learningThere have been interesting advances in the measurement of learning for forcibly displaced populations in the Americas region.In Colombia,the Saber 11 exam evaluates competencies at the 11th grade and is a requirement to access higher education.Available disaggregated data for Venezuelans indicates that they are performing similarly on the subjects tested in comparison to Colombian nationals.In results for 2020,Venezuelans scored an average of 46 points in English on Saber 11,while the corresponding score for Colombians was 47.In maths,the average score for Venezuelans was 49,while the score for Colombians was 51.25Further progress in assessment of learning is anticipated.In 2025,the next edition of a 16-country regional survey that measures 3rd and 6th graders achievement in maths and reading will include forcibly displaced populations for the first time,generating important new data.Primary Secondary Source:UNHCR operationsRefugee enrollment ratesRegional snapshot10UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity educationHurdles to learning for Ukraines childrenAs of June 2023,there were almost 6 million Ukrainian refugees across Europe.26 An estimated 40 per cent,or nearly 2.5 million,are children.27 Most have fled to neighbouring or nearby countries,including Poland,Germany,Moldova,Romania,and Czechia.The European Union has taken decisive action to ensure that refugee children from Ukraine are welcome in host countries through the activation of the Temporary Protection Directive(TPD),which grants residency permits to eligible individuals,giving them access to government services,including education.Number of Ukrainian refugee school aged childrenEnrolled by hosting country26 UNHCR,“Ukraine Situation Flash Update#46,”UNHCR Operational Data Portal(ODP),2023,https:/data.unhcr.org/en/documents/details/100493.27 UNHCR,“Regional Refugee Response Plan for the Ukraine Situation,”2022,https:/bit.ly/3qXvSf5.For a variety of reasons,however,around six in 10 Ukrainian refugee children are not in host country schools.The levels vary:for example,the estimated gross enrolment rate in primary and secondary education across Bulgaria,Czechia,Hungary,Moldova,Poland,Romania,and Slovakia(which collectively hosted just over 2.5 million Ukrainian refugees as of 14 June,2023)is 43 per cent,with a wide range in individual countries of between 4 and 59 per cent.Data in other countries varies but is not encouraging.RefugeeNationalSource:UNHCR COMPASS and World BankPrimary education:pupil to teacher ratiosNational and refugee averages0 50,000 100,000 150,000 200,000 250,000 300,000 350,000 400,000PolandCzechiaBulgariaRepublic of MoldovaRomaniaSlovakiaHungaryEnrolledNot enrolledSource:Compiled from several sourcesUNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity education11Lack of clarityThe lack of take-up of educational opportunities is partly down to different approaches between member states to some rights under TPD,while refugees have also encountered various obstacles such as a lack of information on availability of schools,language barriers,and a lack of relevant documentation such as previous school records.Compounding the situation,Ukraines education ministry has encouraged the use of an e-learning programme devised in response to the COVID-19 pandemic,called the All-Ukraine Online School.28 In the period between February and June 2022,host states took different approaches,from immediate enrolment in local schools where refugees and non-refugees learn alongside each other,to a combination of host country and Ukrainian curricula,to full-time remote learning using Ukraines e-learning platform.Data on how many refugees follow the online Ukrainian curriculum is limited.However,in summer 2022,over 28 Save the Children,“This Is My Life,and I Dont Want to Waste a Year of It:The Experiences and Wellbeing of Children Fleeing Ukraine,”Save the Childrens Resource Centre,2022,https:/bit.ly/3EiUvWQ.29 European Commission,“Supporting the Inclusion of Displaced Children from Ukraine in Education:Considerations,Key Principles and Practices for the School Year 2022-2023,”2022.30 Save the Children,“This Is My Life,and I Dont Want to Waste a Year of It.”31 REACH and UNICEF,“Moldova:Multi-Sector Needs Assessment,”2022,https:/bit.ly/45sSNOl.32 Inter-Agency Education Working Group,“Moldova Rapid Education Needs Assessment”(UNHCR,2023).33 Inter-Agency Operational Update,“Czech Republic:Inter-Agency Operational Update.,”2022,https:/data.unhcr.org/en/documents/details/96855.34 Inter-Agency Education Working Group,“Moldova Rapid Education Needs Assessment.”35 Akila Quinio et al.,“Wanted:Tens of Thousands of Teachers to Staff Europes Schools,”Financial Times,September 2,2022.36 European Commission,“Supporting the Inclusion of Displaced Children from Ukraine in Education:Considerations,Key Principles and Practices for the School Year 2022-2023.”50 per cent were doing so in Moldova,Slovakia and Romania,while less than 30 per cent were following it in Poland.There is a generalized understanding that a non-segregated setting is a better approach since it allows children to interact with their classmates and receive appropriate support.29Mixed blessingsOnline learning has proved a mixed blessing.Some evidence suggests that few children are using it,or that they are following both online courses and the host country curriculum,doubling their workload.30However,in Moldova,online learning provided by the Ukrainian education ministry is the most widely accessed education service by refugee primary and secondary school-aged children:up to 61 per cent were studying online31 not including preschool learners.32 According to one assessment,82 per cent of parents said they preferred their children to study via Ukrainian online platforms rather than go to primary schools.In Georgia,an estimated 45 per cent study online while in Romania the figure is 71 per cent.33 Additional barriersDespite the right policies being in place,there are other barriers to accessing school for Ukrainian refugee children.With many parts of Ukraine are still affected by war,it is difficult for refugee families to plan for a return home,34 which also affects decisions on whether to put children into host-country education systems or stick with the Ukrainian curriculum.In addition,capacity in host country national education systems including shortages of teachers and other staff is a challenge,particularly in towns and cities.Czechia,Poland and Hungary are facing severe teacher shortages,35 while some countries are struggling to find enough professionals to provide mental health and psychosocial support.36 I Masha,12,from Dnipro in Ukraine reads a book in her room at a refugee shelter in Krakw,Poland.UNHCR/Anna Liminowicz12UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity education I Ukrainian refugees build a breakdancing robot at a robotics class run by NGO Next Step Association in Budapest,Hungary.UNHCR/Erno SimonUNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity education13They say that lightning doesnt strike twice.Well,it did for me and my family.First,we had to leave Afghanistan,and then in 2022 we were forced also to leave our new lives in Ukraine.After some years in Ukraine I was feeling settled,able to pursue my education to the highest levels.We had come to enjoy the warm welcome of the Ukrainians among whom we lived,and who were always very friendly and ready to help.But when the full-scale war began there,hostilities compelled us to move onwards once again,to seek safety in another country,this time Germany.I became a“double refugee”.My journey has been marked by a multitude of challenges:cultural,educational,financial,religious and linguistic.Yet I believe I am living testament to the indomitable spirit of refugees,someone who has overcome the numerous hurdles life puts in our way.After leaving Afghanistan,with my parents and three brothers,we arrived in Ukraine.With me,I took my dream of becoming a great dentist because I had seen in Afghanistan how women and girls were blocked from seeing male dentists and therefore excluded from dental treatment because of their gender.I wanted to change that by becoming a female dentist,willing and able to treat female patients.Initially,I feared that my background would be a barrier to continuing my education,not to mention the language barrier.Yet in Ukraine I found a community that embraced diversity with open arms,making me feel welcomed and accepted.The people of Ukraine soon dispelled my worries about being a refugee in their country.Although I had succeeded in continuing my education,I still faced one major hurdle:none of the tertiary educational institutions I wanted to study at provided financial support specifically for refugee students.MY JOURNEY:TRIUMPHING AGAINST ALL ODDSDr Nilab Akhmad,24,originally from Afghanistan,hopes to begin studying for her PhD in dentistry in Germany.I Nilab Akhmad visits a library in Berlin,Germany.UNHCR/Gordon Welters14UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity educationUndeterred,I secured admission to the dental faculty at a private university in Odesa and was fortunate that my father was able to find a way to pay my fees.With the unwavering support of my family and a lot of hard studying,I completed the first two years of university and then applied for a DAFI scholarship.37 Thankfully my diligent studies and excellent exam scores meant I was granted a DAFI scholarship,which enabled me to finish the course.I will always remember the day and moment when I heard the happy news about the scholarship!“I havent forgotten those who were left behind.”Things were going so well,but then suddenly,my family and I were on the move again.The war in Ukraine made life too risky and dangerous,and we were forced to leave Ukraine,as we had left Afghanistan all those years before.At the time I was in the final semester of my masters degree and,once again,life was full of unbearable uncertainty,complications and doubts:would Germany be as welcoming as Ukraine?Would I be able to learn another new language and adapt to another new culture?I wanted to start my PhD,but at the same time I was struggling even to find an apartment!At that moment,I thought back to my idol:Malala Yousufzai,the Pakistani student who suffered so much for her right to receive an education,and who has done so much for female education.Every time I read about her courage,it gave me courage of my own to forge ahead.She made me believe that one day I would stop feeling helpless,would achieve my goals and then help girls in my own country who need support at this devastating time for Afghanistan.I havent forgotten those who were left behind like my friend Sarah,who recently finished school and wanted to go to university,until the de facto authorities forbade women from doing so.Kabul fell one day before she and her classmates were due to take their final school exam,and Sarahs ambitions of becoming a politician have been cut short along with her education.Or Lina,who has been a teacher for the past 12 years and says that she and her colleagues are continuing their jobs but are always facing financial and other difficulties.37 The DAFI(Albert Einstein German Academic Refugee Initiative)scholarship programme offers qualified refugee and returnee students the possibility to earn an undergraduate degree in their country of asylum or home country.I want to encourage them and other women and girls to embrace their aspirations,to surmount the challenges in their way,to nurture an unyielding spirit of determination.I know it is not easy:I have been ignored,people closed doors on me even when I deserved opportunities,but I have stood strong and today I am embarking on a PhD in therapeutic dentistry to achieve the highest level of education and become the best I can be.I know that even though you might be strong and brave,that doesnt mean you wont feel hurt by other peoples negative words and attitudes,but you have to ignore them and push on.And I want to be a voice for those who I cant help directly.I hope powerful and influential people read my story and my message and are inspired to help women and girls across the world to achieve their potential as I have done.I Nilab,who is studying for PhD in therapeutic dentistry,consults reference books at the library.UNHCR/Gordon WeltersUNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity education15As a young refugee girl,I have faced many challenges in my education journey,but with determination,resilience,and hard work,I have overcome these personal difficulties.There have been devastating hardships including the loss of my father during high school exams,the constant struggles to pay school fees,and the continual pressure to consent to forced marriagesas well as hope,and opportunities.I believe sharing my experiences can empower other refugee girls who face challenges and setbacks like mine,and who can discover that education is the key to transforming your life,breaking free from societal constraints,and charting your own path.As a child growing up in South Sudan,I knew no life beyond cattle.My father had a large herd of cows and we were always on the move in search of pasture and water.But there was war too and as the fighting became more intense,I was sent to the capital Juba with other young children.I was only 12 years old,but according to tradition I would soon be married and there were already four men waiting in line.Luckily for me,my aunt was going to Kenya to seek safety from the conflict,and my father let me go with her to help with household chores.At that time,education was not even a dream of mine.It took three days on a lorry loaded with soda crates to reach Kakuma refugee camp and from there we went to Eldoret.I remember my arrival date vividly:it was a Sunday morning,10 a.m.,on 13 July 2008.MY JOURNEY:OVERCOMING HARDSHIPSMonicah Malith,25,originally from South Sudan,is a law student in Kenya and the first female refugee to be elected President of the University of Nairobi Students Association.I Monicah Malith sits in a lecture hall at the University of Nairobi,where she is a third-year law student.UNHCR/Charity Nzomo16UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity educationWhen I enrolled in primary school a year later,I was the oldest in my class,could only speak my mother tongue,did not know how to write my name,and could not even count to 10!But I was determined and worked hard and soon caught up.By the end of the year I was top of my class.As the crisis in South Sudan worsened,financial constraints made it hard to continue paying school fees,while the social and cultural pressure to marry became unbearable as I grew through my teenage yearsI would come home from school to find numerous men having visited my aunt seeking to marry mebut I wished to continue my education.“The scholarship freed me from the idea that someone would demand something in return for my education.”One man volunteered to pay my school fees,and I felt I had found someone who really cared about my studies,but then he told me I would have to marry him in return.I felt betrayed and cheated,and rejected his bargain,although sometimes I felt it would be easier just to be married and have someone provide for me.Through a church group,I was able to find a sponsor and worked hard through high school,but just before national exams my father got sick,his health worsening with each passing day.Losing my father was a devastating blow.I had no one to hold me up.In the midst of my grief,I summoned all of my strength to honour his memory and finish my exams successfully.As I looked to the future after school and the dream of university,scholarships offered a glimmer of hope in providing financial support and shielding young refugee girls like me from forced marriages,but the COVID-19 pandemic hit and everything was delayed.I had always wanted to improve the justice system in my country of South Sudan,so I applied to study law at the University of Nairobi.Halfway through my first year,I heard about the DAFI scholarship on social media.I immediately applied and was lucky to be selected.The scholarship has given me peace of mind,knowing my fees will be paid,and it has freed me from the idea that someone would demand something in return for my education.Last year I was elected President of the University of Nairobi Students Association,becoming the first-ever female refugee to hold the post.In that role,I am advocating for increased financial support for refugee students and for greater kindness,because we refugees have all suffered hostility and trauma in our lives.My personal journey exemplifies the resilience and determination of refugee girls and shows that by empowering us through education we can break the cycle of hardship and provide a path towards a brighter future.If you seize every opportunity,no one and nothing can hinder you from achieving what you want.17 I Monicah talks to other students attending a youth forum on sustainable development at the university.UNHCR/Charity Nzomo17UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity educationEver since I was a little girl,I dreamed of becoming a nurse.I was inspired by those who cared for me when I was sick,and wanted to make a difference in peoples lives,just like they did in mine.I was only five years old when we left Iraq in 2005,during the war,and I remember how much my mother fought to keep me,my two brothers and my sister safe.We settled in Morocco,in Tangiers,a lovely city!Moroccans welcomed us,but my early schooling was hard because I was the only Iraqi girl and faced a lot of bullying from the other children,but I was strong and defended myself.I worked hard in high school,studying for days without resting so that I was accepted into a nursing programme in 2019.I was excited to start on the path towards treating patients,but it was also very challenging.Nursing school can be very toughlearning all the medical terminology and concepts,and balancing coursework and clinical requirementstheres a lot of information to learn and a lot of practical skills to master,but with time and practice,it became easier,and my stress levels decreased.When the pandemic started,I faced difficulties in my studies like many others around the world.I missed the face-to-face interaction with my teachers and classmates,and it was harder to get the support I needed.Like others,I had to deal with the stress and uncertainty that came with the global pandemic,which added to the already challenging workload of the nursing school programme.Safety protocols and social distancing restrictions meant I suffered a lack of clinical experience and hands-on learning that made it hard to feel confident in my growing abilities as a nurse.However,I was determined to succeed and found ways to adapt to the new learning environment.I made use of online study groups and MY JOURNEY:LEARNING TO ADAPTManar Emad,23,originally from Iraq,recently graduated and works as a nurse in Morocco while also studying law.I Manar Emad pictured on her graduation day from nursing school in Tangiers,Morocco.Photo courtesy of Manar Emad18UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity educationvirtual tutoring sessions to help me stay on track.I also made sure to take care of my mental and physical health by taking study breaks,staying active,and connecting with friends and family.In addition to the challenges of online learning,the pandemic also hit clinical rotations,in which students gain valuable real-world experience working with patients and healthcare professionals.Hospitals and clinics had to limit the number of students allowed in their facilities,which meant that my classmates and I had to compete for very few spots,making it harder to get the hands-on experience needed to become a competent nurse.I was persistent and was able to secure a place at a local hospital to complete my clinical rotations.I made sure to keep up to date with all the latest safety protocols and precautions,so that I could show the hospital that I was serious about keeping myself and my patients safe.“My dream of becoming a nurse has come true.”I learned a lot from working in the hospital,but the experience brought challenges too.I was worried about bringing the virus home to my family because,as a healthcare worker,I was at higher risk of exposure to the virus.I was particularly concerned about the potential impact on my loved ones.I took every possible precaution to minimize the risk of transmission,including wearing personal protective equipment in hospital,washing my hands frequently and practising social distancing.While getting sick or spreading the virus was a constant worry,I also felt it was important to continue working and doing my part to help patients during this challenging time.I have to say that the pandemic also had some positive effects.I saw first-hand the impact that nurses can have on patients lives,which made me even more determined to pursue my dream and make a difference in the world.The pandemic also forced me to be more adaptable and flexible in my approach to learning and problem-solving.I had to find new ways to connect with my classmates and instructors,which has helped me develop new skills and strategies for working in a rapidly changing world.While the pandemic has been difficult,it has also been helpful for me to grow and develop as a person and a future nurse.I graduated in 2022 and am now a fully qualified nurse,and at the same time,I have also enrolled to study law at university.My dream of becoming a nurse has come true.I love my job,and I want to be the best nurse I can be.I COVID-19 vaccines in cold storage.UNHCR/Jose Cendon19UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity educationWith the right support from donors,civil society,and other partners,refugee hosting countries can fully integrate refugee children and youth into national education systems,ensuring inclusivity and opportunity for all.Education is essential to thrive in life,leading to better employment opportunities,higher wages,and improved life outcomes.For girls specifically,higher education is associated with a lower likelihood of early marriage and pregnancy,allowing girls to take charge of their own destinies.The stories in this report are a testament to the strength of refugee children and youth and especially of girls and young women who in the face of adversity few can imagine,have maintained their resolve to stay in school and continue their education.However,the sober figures presented in this report highlight how much work remains to be done so that achieving Sustainable Development Goal 4 on Quality Education and its targets becomes a reality for all learners everywhere,including refugees.In line with the Global Initiative on Education in Situations of Crisis and the Call to Action on Financing Education,agreed at the 2022 Transforming Education Summit,and in anticipation of the 2023 Global Refugee Forum,the priority areas of action are laid out below.Recognizing the efforts that states have already made to increase opportunities for refugees,we call on a variety of actors,including partners,civil society,donors,and others to support states to:CALL TO ACTIONSTEPS TOWARDS EDUCATION FOR ALL REFUGEES I Venezuelan and internally displaced Colombian pupils at the Tierra Bomba School in Cartagena,Colombia.UNHCR/Santiago Escobar-Jaramillo20UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity education1.Improve access to education and learning outcomes for children and youth affected by crises.Civil society and partners can support host states by:Advocating for governments to include all young people in their national education plans in ways that respect the diversity of needs,abilities,and capaci-ties,and are free from all forms of discrimination.Supporting states to monitor and ensure that all students in school are acquiring the foundational lit-eracy,numeracy,and socio-emotional skills essential for learning success.Supporting states to ensure education programmes equip young people with essential work and life skills,as well as demand-driven training specifically for refugees.States can:Remove existing social,economic,and political barriers to primary and secondary education for all children and adolescents,including refugees.Uphold existing commitments and international laws and treaties stipulating that refugees can access education on a par with host country nationals.2.Build inclusive,crisis-resilient education systems.Donors and partners can support host states by:Ensuring schools are equipped with information and tools to safeguard health and well-being,provide adequate nutrition,water,and sanitation,and protect learners from violence,sexual exploitation and abuse.Advocating for the alignment of emergency ed-ucation with both national programmes and the minimum standards for education set out by the Inter-agency Network for Education in Emergencies(INEE).3.Scale up and mainstream high-impact and evidence-based interventions into national policies and programming.Donors and partners can support host states through action in these thematic areas:Teachers support refugee teachers inclusion in national teacher management systems,align their recruitment and deployment with national standards,recognize their prior qualifications,and ensure pre-dictable multi-year financing for their recruitment and professional development.I Ukrainian children show their artwork during a class at the PepsiCo-funded Learning Center in Buchest,Romania.UNHCR/Andrew McConnell21UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity education Gender equality and inclusion ensure refugee boys and girls have equal access to national education systems.Early childhood education ensure refugee children have access to early childhood education where it is available to host country children.Socio-emotional skills and psychosocial support provide refugee children with adequate support to develop the socio-emotional and foundational skills that will strengthen their learning.Protection from violence ensure all children are educated in safe spaces and live in communities free of violence.Education technology and innovation-support children and youth with evidence-based,connected education programmes that use tech-enabled teach-ing and learning practices,contributing to improved digital skills,life skills and learning outcomes.4.Maintain and increase external financing,ensuring it reaches all learners equitably and aligns with national planning priorities.Donors can support host states by:Ensuring reliable,multi-year funding to build educa-tion systems that are agile,responsive to the onset of crises,and inclusive of refugees.Restating and meeting their commitments to allocate 0.7 per cent of gross national income to overseas aid,and to devote at least 10 per cent of that to education.Supporting UNHCR to innovate and find solutions to both new and longstanding problems from classroom equipment,infrastructure,connectivity,and online resources to teacher training,apprentice-ships,and internships,and encouraging the private sector also to play a role.States are encouraged to:Meet commitments to increase overall spending for edu-cation,and targeting the increase equitably so that it ben-efits the most marginalized learners,including refugees.I Ukrainian children and their teacher at a learning centre in Bucharest,Romania,set up by PepsiCo in the first weeks of the Ukrainian refugee emergency.UNHCR/Andrew McConnell22UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity education I Leonardo Garnier.UN Photo/Jaclyn Lichtfleeing war in other Central American countries.Those children simply wanted to be welcomed,receive their school meals,use the bus to get to school,and sit in a classroom and learn,just like any other student.What the minister failed to comprehend then was that every child,irrespective of their origin,belongs in school.Given the unique challenges forcibly displaced children face,they deserve not only a place in school,but also a warm welcome and dedicated support.“It is imperative that we embrace the educational journey of displaced children”Is there a cost in this effort for host countries?Yes,of course,and it is important that the international commu-nity steps up to help countries in their efforts to inte-grate displaced and refugee children in their schools.But lets not focus only on the cost as a central concern,since there are also huge long-term benefits for host countries.Education is about learning to live together,and sharing the classroom with foreign,displaced class-mates serves as a wonderful lesson in love and soli-darity for our children and for us:we become better people.Let us also remember that many of those children we host today in our schools will be our future fellow contributing citizens.And let us not forget that many of us are descendants of yesterdays displaced children and here,Ithink of my grandpa,once a teenaged migrant himself.It is imperative that we embrace the educational journey of displaced children.Education is their right and our responsibility.By providing them with quality education and offering them the care and support they need,we foster their resilience,nurture their potential,and contribute to a more inclusive and compassionate socie-ty.Let us not deny them the transformative power of education but rather open ourselves,our classrooms,and communities to their unique stories,knowledge,and aspirations.Together,we can create a world where no child is left out and where every learning adventure can flourish.THE FINAL WORDLeonardo Garnier,Special Adviser to the UN Secretary-General on Transforming EducationLets welcome refugee children to their learning adventureLearning is discovering,looking for answers to never-ending questions,finding out,reading about something that baffles you,sharing your search with others,learning with and from others.Learning is not just about answering questions,but about imagining and collectively confronting new and more challenging questions,or looking at them from a different perspective.Education is the key to building a learning society,a so-ciety in which we learn to learn,we learn to do,we learn to live together,and we learn to live.Learning does not begin at school.It starts much earlier,and it never ends.Its truly a lifelong adventure.When we deny such an adventure to any person,for whatever reason,we are denying them access to the most important path to a productive,collaborative,meaningful and enjoyable life.That is why we regard education as an essential and enabling human right:a right that opens the door to other rights.And yet,for many different reasons,millions of children and young people are still denied their right to edu-cation,their right to learn.Poverty,long distances to school,lack of teachers and infrastructure,gender ine-quality,discrimination in rights and in practice,as well as the lack of adequate facilities for persons with disabili-ties,are some of the reasons why the right to education is denied to millions.But,as this report attests,all those barriers are com-pounded in a particularly perverse way by the challenge faced by increasing numbers of forcibly displaced learners especially refugees.Suddenly and through no fault of their own,they find themselves not just out of school,but out of their homes,their communities,their countries,and their cultures.They are in unfamiliar terri-tory,often lacking a sense of belonging.And they dont always feel welcome.Learning,for them,can become an almost impossible mission.I still vividly recall my dismay when,years ago,a Minister of Education in my home country of Costa Rica lamented that resources had to be allocated to foreign children who sought refuge in our schools after UNLOCKING POTENTIAL|The right to education and opportunity education23ACKNOWLEDGEMENTSReport compiled and produced by:Cirenia Chavez Villegas,Arash Bordbar,Tristan McConnell,Becky Telford,Charlie Dunmore,Laura Bowles,Suzy Hopper and Barney Thompson.With thanks to Artur Borkowski and Lily Calaycay from UNESCOs Section for Migration,Displacement,Emergencies and Education(EME)for their contribution to the data and policy analyses on Ukrainian refugee children.Graphics:Jan Luka FreyTo contact the education team at UNHCR for more information on our education work or to discuss donations,funding,scholarships,data,partnerships and other forms of collaboration,please email Becky Telford at telfordmunhcr.org.UNHCR,the UN Refugee Agency,is a global organisation dedicated to saving lives,protecting rights,and building a better future for people forced to flee their homes because of conflict and persecution.We lead international action to protect refugees,forcibly displaced communities,and stateless people.We deliver life-saving assistance,help safeguard fundamental human rights,and develop solutions that ensure people have a safe place called home where they can build a better future.We also work to ensure that stateless people are granted a nationality.We work in over 130 countries,using our expertise to protect and care for millions.UNHCR,September 2023Cover photo:UNHCR/Charity NzomoLayout and design:BakOS DESIGN
2023-12-22
24页
5星级
Prospective Students Survey 2023 Data ReportNorth America:Demand for Graduate Business DegreesMay 20.
2023-12-22
24页
5星级
SPECIAL ISSUE:CITY MUSEUMS GLOBAL MAPPING PROJECT WORKSHOPCity Museums:Perspectives from Asia-PacificTAIPEI,TAIWAN,APRIL 2023museums of cities reviewISSN 2520-2472APRIL 2023CAMOCICOMinternational committeefor the collections and activities of museums of citiesinternational council of museums ASPACICOMinternationalcommitteefor collecting CAMOC:ICOM International Committee for the Collections and Activities of Museums of CitiesCover photo:Taipei mosaic detail,April 2023.(Photo credit:Andra Delaplace)Editors:Andra Delaplace Chun-ni(Jenny)Chiu Jelena Savic*Names in alphabetical order.Taipei Workshop Organising Committee:Andra Delaplace(CAMOC Board from 2022)Chun-ni(Jenny)Chiu(CAMOC Board,20162022)Francesca Lanz(Northumbria University)Glenn Perkins(CAMOC Chair from 2022)Jelena Savic(CAMOC Board,20162022)Joana Sousa Monteiro(CAMOC Chair,20162022)Yung-Neng Lin(National Taipei University of Education)ISSN:2520-2472 iv Editors Note Andra Delaplace,Chunni Chiu and Jelena SavicPART 1 The Mapping Project1 City Museums Global Mapping Project:A Brief IntroductionJoana Sousa Monteiro3 City Museums Global Mapping:A Look towards the FutureGlenn Perkins5 Mapping Contemporary City Museums:From a Definition to ManifestoesFrancesca Lanz7 The Mapping Project Survey:Findings and the Museum MapShih-Yu ChenPART 2 The Taipei Workshop13 Sustainability and Well-Being in Museums:Building a Community through ArtChikako Suzuki15 Engendering the City Museum:A Case Study of the Old Treasury BuildingMargaret Anderson18 Daxi Wood Art Ecomuseum:Running the Museum with PeopleHsin-lin Wen21 The Role of Singapores Community Museums in a Multicultural SocietyCheryl Koh27 Highlights of the Taipei WorkshopAndra DelaplacePART 3 The Field Trip to Singapore30 A Visit to Singapore and Its City MuseumsGlenn Perkins33 Gallery41 Biographies43 Special Thanks CONTENTSMUSEUMS OF CITIES REVIEWCAMOCSPECIAL ISSUEiv City Museums Global Mapping Project is a Special Project supported by the International Council of Museums(ICOM)and created with the aim of developing an up-to-date picture of the evolution of city museums worldwide.This special edition of our CAMOC Review is dedicated to the City Museums Global Mapping Project,and marks the efforts and invaluable contributions of many of our colleagues at the ICOM International Committee for the Collections and Activities of Museums of Cities(CAMOC),National Taipei University of Education,the ICOM International Committee for Collecting(COMCOL)and the ICOM Asia-Pacific Alliance(ASPAC),as well as many other colleagues who came together to shape the project into what it is today.It is also a remarkable record of how our ICOM colleagues transformed their communications from face-to-face(before the pandemic)to online(during the pandemic)to a new hybrid format(post-pandemic)that enabled the Taipei workshop and Singapore special excursions held in spring 2023.This publication is divided into three main blocks:The first part provides us with insight into the context and history of the special project;the second section delves into several key topics for city museums in the Asia-Pacific region and at global scale,presented during our Taipei 2023 workshop;and the third part focuses on the visit to selected museums and sites in Singapore,organised in the continuation of the workshop.The former CAMOC Chair Joana Sousa Monteiro,who conceived and initiated the Global City Museums Mapping Project,explains its background and rationale in a brief introduction.The introduction is followed by a reflection on the future and potential of the project,by Glenn Perkins,the current committee Chair.Francesca Lanz,a city museum expert and our scientific coordinator,provides detailed insights into the project rationale,and reflects on the somewhat unexpected outcomes of the work.Her main message is about opening up to further questions instead of pinpointing definitive answers,and about acknowledging diversity and heterogeneity of city museums today.Shih-Yu Chen backs this up in her contribution,containing an analysis and interpretation of the main project findings,which derived from an extensive survey developed by the project partners for the purposes of this research.Editors note ANDRA DELAPLACE,CHUN-NI(JENNY)CHIU AND JELENA SAVIC*Editor names in alphabetical orderIn the second section,Chikako Suzuki(Tokyo,Japan)explores the themes of sustainability and well-being in the museum context,while Margaret Anderson(Melbourne,Australia)focuses on another contemporary topic for city museums gender.For contributors from Taiwan,Hsin-lin Wen,and from Singapore,Cheryl Koh,community is the keyword.Hsin-lin Wen presents the outcomes of the decade-long work on building relationships between the museum and the local community,while Cheryl Koh presents a unique case of the city-state of Singapore,where heritage institutions have undertaken remarkable efforts to promote and foster multiculturality.Finally,CAMOC Board member and museum researcher Andra Delaplace sums up the Taipei workshop experience in a brief report and reflects on its importance in the broader context of the special project.In a continuation of the Taipei meeting,a few of the participants had an opportunity to visit Singapore and explore various heritage sites and their contemporary approaches to the city and its communities.In a brief report,Glenn Perkins shares his impressions from this visit.Last but not least,the photo-report shows,in visual form,what was the main point of our Taipei meeting We gathered for the dialogue,learning,exploration and exchange,which is the foundation we can use to build upon and bring this project further.The Taipei workshop was an important closing chapter for the Global Mapping Survey and Project.From 2729 April 2023,we discussed the goals and main missions of city museums with colleagues from different parts of the world both online and on site(as the workshop was in a hybrid format).Different presentations were intertwined around these important questions that sustained the project of mapping city museums around the world to show their diversity and large scope of themes and scientific disciplines that engage the research around its collections and curating of exhibitions.This workshop brought this special project to life with lively participation from university students and professors,museum professionals and representatives as well as researchers from different ivv for the Global Mapping Project but also for bringing Asian perspectives into the CAMOC network to achieve diversity,equity,accessibility and inclusion for future development.As CAMOC prepares to embark on a new phase of the City Museums Global Mapping Project,we hope this publication gives you an understanding of how the project has been carried out so far and encourages you to join the discussion in a meaningful and relevant manner for many years to come!Together,we can create a better future for the city and its people.provenances(both online and on-site),such as East Asia(Taiwan,Japan,South Korea and Singapore),Australia,Europe,North and South America.Bringing CAMOC colleagues to Singapore,one of only three surviving city-states in the world,was a chance to discuss many of the issues that cities and city museums are facing and that were outlined during the 2019 ICOM General Conference in Kyoto,Japan.We believe that it is important to discuss these issues and develop new approaches from different cultural perspectives.The Singapore excursion together with the Taipei workshop was an important step not only vEditors NoteWorkshop participants on excursion to Taipeis Wanhua District(Source:NTUE.)PART 1 Mapping ProjectCAMOC is one of the youngest international committees of ICOM,having become 18 years old in 2023.This group came from one of the oldest committees,the International Committee for Museums and Collections of Archaeology and History(ICMAH),and intended to focus on the fascinating phenomenon of the city museum.The numbers and relevance of city museums are increasing across the world,which has taken everyone by surprise not only other cultural institutions but other museums as well.City museums correspond to new museums designed from scratch and to renovated old urban history museums,reshaped as institutions because of their dialogue with the current urban diversity and challenges.City museums are not just history museums or art museums they endeavour to preserve,research and interpret the amazing world of fast-growing and fast-changing urban centres.Following over 15 years of work in and about city museums,the CAMOC board teams and members realised the fact that,while there are many fascinating city museums,very little data is available about them.Unfortunately,there are no reliable museum statistics produced at an international,national or even local level that can thoroughly cover Europe,let alone any other continent,hence we all struggle with a lack of knowledge about city museums.On whose behalf are new city museums acting?How are they planning and presenting exhibitions and educational programmes?How are the old city history museums evolving and matching up to the challenges of the contemporary city?Who are their main team leaders and partners?Are they delving into fresh interdisciplinary approaches?These are only some of the many questions we,as city museum professionals and experts,would like to have answers to.In the aftermath of the first workshop on concepts and keywords of city museums,chaired by Marlen Mouliou at CAMOCs 10th anniversary conference held City Museums Global Mapping Project:A brief introductionJOANA SOUSA MONTEIROCAMOC Chair 20162022Director,Museum of Lisbonin Moscow,Russia,in 2015,CAMOC organised two workshops about concepts and working definitions of city museums,partnering with scholars specialising in urban history,architecture,and urban social challenges.The first workshop was set up in Frankfurt,Germany,as a part of CAMOCs annual conference in 2018.The second workshop was held in Lisbon,Portugal,in 2019,as a special workshop focused on this topic only.The insights coming from many CAMOC members,in the shape of conference presentations,participation in debates,and articles,encouraged us to take the next step,which meant designing what ICOM calls a Special Project and applying for a grant.CAMOC was given support to develop the“Global Mapping City Museums Project”from 2020 to 2022.CAMOC partnered with COMCOL,the international committee of ICOM,ASPAC,the regional alliance for Asia-Pacific countries,and the National Taipei University of Education(NTUE),one more key institution that made our project possible,through their team of experts in cultural and heritage statistics led by Prof.Lin Yung-Neng.Thanks to their expertise and cooperation,CAMOC managed to gather innovative and important data about city museums in many countries,including data about some less well-known museums,and the ways they work.Despite the efforts of all those involved,the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic brought work to a standstill.We recognised that in-person workshops and meetings were critical success factors to this project and intended to organise three workshops between 2020 and 2022 in different parts of the world,starting with Taiwan and the Asia-Pacific Region,then going to South Africa and Europe.The hybrid-model workshop in Taipei,held on 2829 April 2023,was meant to be just one of them.Nevertheless,the wonderful teams from CAMOC and NTUE managed to continue with the project,reaching the impressive goal of having the survey translated into 10 languages and getting nearly 200 responses.2PART 1 Mapping ProjectI would like to underline the crucial help,availability and expertise of many CAMOC members,such as Chun-ni(Jenny)Chiu,Jelena Savic and Andrea Delaplace;our new Chair,Glenn Perkins;the scientific project coordinator,Francesca Lanz;Prof.Yung-Neng Lin and the NTUE team,and all our colleagues who kept sending valuable information and believed in the importance of this project.At the Taipei workshop,we were honoured to have the participation of Inkyung Chang,vice president of ICOM;Ching-Ho Chen,president of NTUE;Sing-Da Hung,secretary general of the Chinese Association of Museums;and Ying-Ying Lai,a board member of COMCOL,together with the CAMOC team and a set of impressive speakers.During the Taipei workshop,we had the privilege to learn from each other,both on-site and online,to set new boundaries and open horizons on what city museums are and where they could head to.There are no right or wrong answers to the question what city museums should be doing;there are only different ideas to be talked through and discussed,and that is how we all evolve in our research work and our museums.The most important project outcomes the survey in 10 languages and the project website will remain and should be considered the anchor of an ongoing line of work pointing to a more thorough and updated knowledge about city museums in the world.Manifesto activity at MoNTUE (Source:NTUE.)3CAMOC was established in 2005 in response to more than a decade of growing interest in city museums,and not just interest in city museums,but recognition that they were critical cultural engines in an increasingly urbanizing world.As Nicola Johnson(1995)had written in the journal Museum International:“The best city museums act as a starting point for the discovery of the city,which can lead people to look with fresh,more informed and tolerant eyes at the richness of the present urban environment and to imagine beyond it to past and possible future histories.”That focus on bridging past,present and future of cities has resonated with a growing cohort of members from around the globe for nearly 20 years.The ambitious City Museums Global Mapping Project was launched with an incredibly bold goal:A census of city museums where they are,what they do,and what matters to them.To achieve this goal,project partners took up three main components.The first was a highly detailed survey questionnaire translated into 10 languages and distributed to as many city museum representatives as possible.The second was a global map identifying where city museums are concentrated in the world.The third component of the project was dialogue:Creating forums for practitioners to discuss and debate what city museums are,and what they can become.This volume shares the fruits of our April 2023 workshop in Taipei,Taiwan.There,thanks to the generous support of the National Taipei University of Education and the Chinese Association of Museums,those of us contributing to this publication were able to gather with fellow museum professionals,researchers and students for a very thoughtful exploration and discussion of ideas about what city museums should do,and even what they might not do.One of the key aims of the project from the start was to approach a definition of a city museum.Veterans of the 2019 ICOM General Conference in Kyoto,Japan,know how controversial the process of attempting to define museums could be.City museums embrace a multitude of collections,programmes and experiences,making City museums global mapping:A look towards the futureGLENN PERKINSCAMOC ChairCurator of Community History,Greensboro History Museum,United Statesdefining what a city museum is an ambitious task in itself.The project survey starts with a working definition,constructed to enable openness to debate,to embrace a diversity of sizes and types of city museums,and to allow inclusion and consideration of a range of institutions that have the city as their core subject:“A city museum is a museum that stands in the city,talks about the city,and thinks through the city”It is a definition meant to make space for that diversity,that difference,that range,that multitude,as the City Museum Global Mapping Project scientific coordinator and contributor to this volume Dr Francesca Lanz wrote in 2019:“I believe that there is not a fixed definition of what a city museum is because the definition is in the making.For city museums are in the middle of an ongoing evolution under the effect of radical and fast social changes,as well as the implications of a renewed idea of their own role and mission.More than other museums,city museums are reacting to those changes,because of their origin and development,their peculiar characteristics,and above all because of their core focus:the city.”Moreover,these“radical and fast social changes”have not slowed since 2019.Therefore,the survey project approaches the work of definition not as a means of settling a question but instead drawing a picture that could reflect many possibilities,configurations,opportunities and priorities.The 2013 Barcelona Declaration on European City Museums proposed several typologies to characterize city museums:from the traditional(history and heritage)to the creative(research,development and innovation centres).Tim Marshalls(2023)survey of development phases for European city museums highlights transformation as the third phase of an ongoing evolution of museum approaches and perspectives.4PART 1 Mapping ProjectReferences Johnson,N.(1995).Discovering the city.Museum International,47(3),46.https:/doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0033.1995.tb01247.x.Lanz,F.(2019).City museums:Reflections on a missing definition.CAMOC Museums of Cities Review,2,47.Marshall,T.(2023).City history museums and city museums in Europe:A survey.In Marshall,T.,&Roca i Albert,J.(Eds.).European city museums.Barcelona,Spain:MUHBA.The Taipei workshop focused on Asian Pacific perspectives,seeking special input from museum professionals from Seoul,South Korea,to Melbourne,Australia.It practically goes without saying that this vast region encompasses so many cultures,languages,countries and,of course,cities,and I think this is what is especially relevant to this aspect of the project:difference.Having different museums complete surveys was,of course,important.Perhaps even more valuable was having different voices respond to debate and help pull meaning from those survey responses.In some respects,the survey responses in Dr Shih-Yu Chens overview and analysis in the pages that follow run contrary to what we might expect in this transformational era of city museums.(For example,it surprises me greatly that 25%of respondents declare migration to be“irrelevant”to long-term exhibition.)What do these initial findings mean to us?What do they mean to the future of the project?Do we take them as explanations?Or as provocations?I think we have to see them in both lights,as demands to continue the dialogues fostered in Taipei and to develop deeper context and more complete data around the projects initial challenge:to identify where city museums are,not just geographically but also philosophically,socially,creatively etc.Building on the foundation of what city museums have been,and reaching out to the possibilities of what they can be,the City Museum Global Mapping Project has worked to document the ways that city museums reflect their cities and to inspire bold approaches that future leaders can take to work with citizens to create even better cities tomorrow.Even as this work evolves to another phase,the core concepts and the spirit of the projects inquiry continue to motivate our committees work to build networks that support cities and museums around the world.AcknowledgementsI owe many thanks to Jelena Savic and Joana Sousa Monteiro for inviting me to be a part of City Museums Global Mapping endeavour.Chun-ni Jenny Chiu has kept this project moving in countless ways,not least in editing this publication.Andra Delaplace has generously aided the project,including by working with Jenny and Jelena on the editorial team.Shih-Yu Chen has worked diligently on pulling information out of a very complicated survey.Speakers Margaret Anderson,Winston Lim,Chikako Suzuki and our scientific adviser Francesca Lanz inspired us to think in new ways about city museums.It was invaluable to have Inkyung Chang participate in the workshop on behalf of ICOM,whose support for the special project has sustained for over nearly four years.Im also grateful for the support from Danielle Kuitjen of COMCOL and An Laishun of ASPAC as special project partners.Last,but certainly not least,I am grateful to Yung-Neng Roger Lin for securing financial support for the workshop through the Chinese Association of Museums and for coordinating his talented team at NTUE to host an amazing experience in Taipei.5The birth of city museums in Europe can be traced back to the second half of the 19th century(Lanz,2013).This was a time of significant and profound architectural and sociocultural urban transformations for most of Europes major cities.City museums emerged in response to memorialisation instances spurred by these changes.Entrusted with the task of conserving the citys history and serving as repositories of civic treasures and its glorious past,city museums were typically hosted in a historical building chosen for its historical and symbolic values,with exhibitions focused on the citys history.Often resulting from the assemblage of previous collections,their collections were extremely heterogeneous,spanning from artworks to material culture,up to archaeological remains and urban fragments.Following the establishment of the first museums of this kind in cities such as Paris(1880),Brussels(1887)and London(Guildhall Museum established in 1826;the London Museum founded in 1912),city museums began to open ubiquitously in many other European cities and gradually overseas.However,less than a century later,city museums were already a museum type in decline.Many were closed down;others were deserted and left drifting in the grey zone of neglect,dormant and lacking funds as much as public attention.However,change was ahead.With a new wave of dramatic transformations affecting cities worldwide under the impact of globalisation on urban dynamics(Sassen,1991),city museums once again garnered new attention.However,this time,aided by the wider discussion on museums role in contemporary societies,spurred by the rise of the so-called new museology(Marstine,2005;Mason,Robinson,&Coffield,2018;Vergo,1989),city museums were to be regarded not solely as static repositories of city past and places to record urban transformations but also,crucially,as key actors in discussing and driving such changes(Fleming,1996;Jones,Macdonald,&McIntyre,2008;Kavanagh&Frostick,1998;Kistemaker,2006;Lohman,2006;MacDonald,2006;Mouliou,Jones,&Sandweiss,2012;UNESCO,1995).A new lively debate revolving around Mapping contemporary city museums:From a definition to manifestoesFRANCESCA LANZDepartment of Architecture and Built Environment,Northumbria University,Newcastle upon Tyne,UKcity museums role and the future began in the late 1990s,soon to be followed by pioneering projects and experiences on the ground,with a key role in disseminating and discussing such new ideas played by the newly established ICOM International Committee for the Collection of Cities(CAMOC).It was the rise of the second generation of city museums(Lanz,2014).Differently from their previous incarnation,alongside their conservation role,this second generation of city museums strives to take on a proactive social and political role,shifting the core of their mission from representing The Citys History to narrating its various histories and memories,connecting past and present.With a key focus on contemporary urban issues,they aim to be a forum for debate,social agents and a place for envisioning the citys future.This new understanding of what a city museum should and could be started to foster a rethinking of city museums mission and core values and reflected in their educational programs and curatorial approaches.More recently,this has led to more radical transformations,also involving major architectural and exhibition design projects.New city museums are opening or reopening in new and renewed venues with brand new exhibitions such as London,Copenhagen and Amsterdam.With a spinning effect,these endeavours and their results go back to fueling the debate,raising the question:“What is a city museum today?”For more than a decade,this question has been at the centre of numerous publications,conferences and workshops,particularly those promoted by CAMOC.In 2019,an ICOM special project was launched to map city museums worldwide and develop a still-missing definition of city museums.The project initiated a global survey to gather information about“where city museums are,what they do,and how they do it.”The survey began by presenting a working definition of city museums,which read as follows,and asked,“Do you recognise your museums as city museums?”“A city museum is a museum that stands in the city,talks about the city,and thinks through the city.6PART 1 Mapping Projecttime,avoiding fixity and closing up to multiple views,eventually limiting its own scope and significance?Disappointing as it may be,the research seems not to lead us to any conclusion;but it may have given us a new quest,finally shifting the focus of the debate from what is a City Museum to how city museums are.It tells us that we probably need to look for ways to appreciate differences,rather than mapping commonalities,recognising that the state of the art of city museums evolution worldwide is extremely heterogeneous,evolving not only at a different pace but also in different directions.However,such heterogeneity,although confusing and difficult to represent and restitute,might be seen as a sign of the city museum being a healthy and lively institution,profoundly locally rooted and connected.This is an invitation to renounce depicting city museums as a single coherent and discrete reality to renounce fixing a definition of what they are today,and instead,to start seeking forward-looking manifestoes of the city museums of tomorrow.ReferencesFleming,D.(1996).Making city histories.In G.Kavanagh(Ed.),Making histories in museums(pp.131142),London:Leicester University Press.Jones,I.,MacDonald,R.R.,&McIntyre D.(Eds.)(2008).City museums and city development.Plymouth,UK:AltaMira.Kavanagh,G.,&Frostick,E.(Eds.).(1998).Making city histories in museums.London:Leicester University Press.Kistemaker,R.(Ed.).(2006).City museums as centres of civic dialogue?Amsterdam,the Netherlands:Amsterdam Historical Museum.Lanz,F.(2013).City museums in transition:A European overview.In L.Basso Peressut,F.Lanz,&G.Postiglione(Eds.),European museums in the 21st century:Setting the framework.Milan,Italy:Politecnico di Milano.Lanz,F.(2014).City museum in a transcultural Europe.In L.Gourievidis(Ed.),Museums and migration:History,memory and politics(pp.2743).London:Routledge.Lohman,J.(2006).City museums:Do we have a role in shaping the global community?Museum International,58(3):1520.Republished as book chapter:In L.Basso Peressut,F.Lanz,&G.Postiglione(Eds.),European museums in the 21st century:Setting the framework.Milan,Italy:Politecnico di Milano.MacDonald,R.R.(Ed.).(2006).Urban life and museums Special issue,.Museum International,58(3).Marstine,J.(2005).New museum theory and practice(pp.203225).London:Wiley.Mason,R.,Robinson,A.,&Coffield,E.(2018).Museum and galleries studies:The basics.London:Routledge.Mouliou,M.,Jones,I.,&Sandweiss,E.(Eds.)(2012).Our greatest artefact:The city.Istanbul,Turkey:CAMOC.Sassen,S.(1991).The global city.Princeton,NJ:Princeton University Press.UNESCO.(1995).City museums Special issue,Museum International,47(3).Vergo,P.(1989).The new museology.London:Reaktion.However diverse they may be in their strategies,approaches or models,city museums have the city at the core of their interests and activities.Their main aim is to contribute to urban social and cultural development by engaging with different communities,connecting people and places,and fostering knowledge and awareness about their city pasts,presents and futures.”As often happens with ambitious and well-researched projects,in the search for answers,we have found more questions.As patently evident during the recent frictions and conflicts that surfaced during the ICOM consultation for a new definition of museums,there is not a common understanding not only of what museums are but also of what they ought to be.It appears the same is true about city museums.Firstly,European city museums were born different from their overseas counterparts,for they first developed in connection with a series of epochal urban transformations that were proper of Western cities and linked to sociocultural and economic changes upholding Europe,the old continent,but not much abroad.Equally,city museums most recent evolution is also all but uniform worldwide in its modes,scope and rationale.Although spurred this time by global phenomena,their recent transformation into a second generation of city museums has been profoundly influenced by the ideas of new museology.Bringing to the forefront questions and reflections around museums political nature,their social role and their power to shape understandings of the past in the present for the future,new museology has indeed initiated a broad and radical change in the field of museums,with important consequences extending to today on how we think about,theorise about and implement museum practices.However,such change not only has been mainly a Western cultural phenomenon with very limited echoes in the global East and South but it has also had a much greater impact on museum practices within English-speaking countries than elsewhere within Europe.This implies that across the world and even within Eastern countries and Europe itself there exist very different understandings of what a city museum is,its role,and its practices.At the same time,we cannot ignore that to define something implies setting a boundary.It involves demarcating a territory of knowledge,approaches and practices,and determining who does and who does not belong within that given framework.Where is the border between what is and what is not a“city museum”?Who determined it,why,and for whom?How will such a definition help us improve and advance what city museums do?Can a definition be kept open enough to be of any use and meaningful,while,at the same 7The City Museums Global Mapping Project is promoted by the ICOM International Committee for the Collections and Activities of Museums of Cities(CAMOC)to gain an overview of city museums worldwide.As todays city museums actively engage with their cities and communities,and address contemporary urban issues,it is crucial to explore them with questions,such as where they are located,what they do,and how they operate.To comprehend city museums,the project developed a digital survey for collecting data on city museums premises,activities,collections,and exhibitions.In the following article,first the purpose and framework of the survey is introduced,followed by research findings,including the working definition,museum premises,visitors and programs,collections,and long-and short-term exhibitions.At the end of this article,the project mapping website is described,along with potential future research perspectives for a deeper understanding of city museums.City Museums Global Mapping SurveyThe Mapping Project Survey is a component of the City Museums Global Mapping Project,aiming to understand various types of city museums globally.The Mapping Project survey:Findings and the museum mapSHIH-YU CHENPostdoctoral researcher,National Taipei University of Education,TaiwanThis encompasses their locations,activities and operational methods.The goal is to uncover the rich and diverse nature of city museums today and highlight their pivotal role as key actors in contemporary urban sociocultural scenarios.Since the turn of the century,city museums worldwide have reevaluated their missions,forms and practices to become vibrant institutions actively engaging with their cities and addressing contemporary urban issues.The City Museums Global Mapping Project seeks to collect detailed information about the transformations occurring at these institutions.To establish a comprehensive understanding of city museums worldwide,the survey has been translated into 10 different languages,including English,Chinese,Spanish,German,Russian,Japanese,Italian,French,Portuguese and Arabic.Between December 2021 and October 2023,163 museums responded to the survey in various languages.English received the highest number of responses,followed by Russian.However,there was no response in Arabic.The survey,as the first step in understanding city museums around the world,examines various aspects of a museum,such as premises,activities,collections,English0202014141399540407060RussianGermanItalianChinesePortugueseFrenchJapaneseSpanishArabicFig.1.Number of responses in different languages.(Elaborated by the author based on the survey.)8PART 1 Mapping ProjectWorking definition of City Museum“A city museum is a museum that stands in the city,talks about the city,and thinks through the city.However diverse they may be in their strategies,approaches or models,city museums have the city at the core of their interests and activities.Their main aim is to contribute to urban social and cultural development by engaging with different communities,connecting people and places,and fostering knowledge and awareness about their citys pasts,presents and future.”Among all the responses,88%of the participants identify their institution as a city museum.Among them,49%responded with“Yes”and 39%with“Yes,but not solely.”For those who answered“Yes,but not solely”,they were further queried about additional ways they would describe their museums.The results are outlined below:26%of them also function as cultural centres and 11%as historic houses.2.Museum premisesIn relation to museum premises,35%operate within a single venue,while 18%manage six venues(42%are networked).Regarding buildings,63%of the museums are housed in adaptivereuse structures,with 75%of and long-and short-term exhibitions.The framework of the survey is outlined below:Findings1.City museum:a working definitionThe survey commences with a working definition developed collaboratively by the CAMOC committee,scholars and museum professionals.This working definition aims to offer a clearer understanding of what constitutes a city museum and how it influences both city and public.Survey framework1.City museum:a working definition2.Museum premises3.Museum activities4.Museum collections5.Long-term exhibitions6.Temporary exhibitionsFig.2.Survey framework.(Elaborated by the author based on the survey.)How else would you describe your museum?0%Cultural centreHistoric houseOtherArt museumHistory siteEthnographic museumScience centreArchaelogical sitePicture gallery/PinacotecaOpen air museumOnline/Virtual museumNatural history museumArchitecture museumMigration museum10 &%9%9%8%7%5%3%3%2%2%2%2%Fig.3.Respondents answers regarding how else they describe their museums apart from“city museum”.(Elaborated by the author based on the survey.)9PART 1 Mapping Projectthe“now”,referring to objects associated with current events and issues as well as ephemera related to social movements.5.Long-term exhibitionsConcerning city museums long-term exhibitions,89%of the participants have a long-term exhibition at their main venue,with 50%of these long-term exhibitions organised thematically(diachronic,explored through history).Among all the features,“citys history and development”,“local culture and traditions”and“key people in the citys history”are crucial topics for long-term exhibitions.On the other hand,a significant number of respondents ranked“migration”and“colonial history and/or decolonisation”as irrelevant,although the majority still find these topics to be at least somewhat important.6.Temporary exhibitionsIn all,75%of the participants organised temporary exhibitions,and among all the given features,“citys history and development”and“local culture and traditions”were seen by more than half of the respondents as crucial or very important for temporary exhibitions whereas“migration”,“LGBTQS ”,“climate change”,“contemporary art”and“colonial history and/or decolonisation”were more likely to be chosen as irrelevant for temporary exhibitions.them situated in the city centre/downtown.Given that approximately 45%of the participants identify their institutions as cultural centres or historic houses,the attributes of“history”and the“quality of long-term display spaces”are crucial for defining the main venues characteristics.Apart from the museums primary venues,35%indicated having external exhibits or interpretive materials within the city.3.Visitors and programmesConcerning museum visitors,most participants emphasised the significance of students and city residents over tourists.With a city-centric focus,schools and other museums are the primary cultural institutions for collaboration.However,51%of them also engage regularly with non-cultural institutions.In terms of their programs,guided tours of the museum and temporary exhibitions constitute the main public offerings.4.CollectionsInquiring about city museums collections,95%of the participants house permanent collections.Among these permanent collections,historical visual art objects and photographs have the most significant presence in city museums.Concerning collecting strategies,44%of the participants engage in both active and passive collection practices,93%collect objects dating back 50 years and 71%of the museums acquire items related to The main public programmes at your museum(select as many as relavant)0%Guided tours of the museumTemperary exhibitionsEducational programmesPublicationsForums/seminars/talksOnline resourcesFamily activitiesHands-on activitiesGuided tours of the cityConcerts/Theatre performancesArt performancesSpecial projectsOthersOutreach projectsParticipatory projects5%8%8%8%7%7%6%6%6%5%3%1%0%Fig.4.Public programmes at city museums.(Elaborated by the author based on the survey.)10PART 1 Mapping ProjectWhich kind of objects related to the citys identity have significant presence inn your museums collection(s)0%5%9%9%7%7%7%6%6%6%6%5%4%4%1%Historical visual art objectsPhotographsGraphisArchaeological remainsBooks and magazinesEthnographic artefactsArt and craftsClothes and accessoriesFurnitureIndustrial artefactsReligious objectsScience and technologyContemporary artNatural scienceDesign projects and objectsFig.5.Topics of objects related to the citys identity have significant presence in the museums collections.(Elaborated by the author based on the survey.)How is your long-term display organized?Thermatically(diachronic)Thermatically(synchronic)Other0 0P%ChronologicallyFig.6.How respondents organised their long-term display.(Elaborated by the author based on the survey.)Migration30% %CrucialVeryimportantSomewhatimportantIrrelevantImportant24%5%0%Fig.7.Relevance of“migration”and“colonial history and/or decolonisation”in long-term exhibitions.(Elaborated by the author based on the survey.)Colonial history and/or decolonisation4050% %CrucialVeryimportantSomewhatimportantIrrelevantImportant168%5%0PART 1 Mapping ProjectCitys history and development4550% &%CrucialVeryimportantSomewhatimportantIrrelevantImportant16B%9%6%5%0%Local culture and traditions350% )$%CrucialVeryimportantSomewhatimportantIrrelevantImportant29%5%5%0%Fig.8.Relevance of“citys history and development”and“local culture and traditions”in temporary exhibitions.(Elaborated by the author based on the survey.)Migration25 %CrucialVeryimportantSomewhatimportantIrrelevantImportant22#%5%050% %CrucialVeryimportantSomewhatimportantIrrelevantImportant5%0%Colonial history and/or decolonisation136%Fig.9.Relevance of“migration”and“colonial history and/or decolonisation”in temporary exhibitions.(Elaborated by the author based on the survey.)Fig.10.The map of city museums participating in the project.(Source:City Museums Global Mapping Project website.)12PART 1 Mapping ProjectMuseum mapThe mapping project also placed museums that participated in the project on a digital map to visualise the location of city museums around the world(the map can be located at https:/citymuseums-).Along with a brief introduction to each museum,this map serves as both research tool and network resource for identifying and connecting with city museums globally.Conclusion and further research The mapping project survey serves as an initial point for understanding the role of contemporary city museums globally.From the responses of participating museums,we learn that city museums are predominantly located in city centres.Additionally,26%of museums,which defined themselves as being not solely city museums,according to the working definition,also identify themselves as cultural centres,prioritising local communities over tourists.In terms of programmes,guided tours emerge as the most popular choice.In all,90%of these museums possess permanent collections,with historical visual art objects and photographs being deemed the most significant contents.Concerning long-term exhibitions,89%host these collections at their main venues,and 50%organise thematically.Conversely,75%of the participants organise temporary Fig.11.An example of the participant city museum on the website.(Source:City Museums Global Mapping Project website.)exhibitions.For both long-and short-term exhibitions,the majority consider“citys history and development”and“local culture and traditions”as crucial or highly important features,while a significant number of respondents deemed“migration”and“colonial history and/or decolonisation”as irrelevant for both long-term(migration:25%;decolonisation:38%)and short-term(migration:23%;decolonisation:36%)exhibitions.For a more in-depth understanding of city museums,some areas are worth exploring in future research:(a)Definition of city museum:From the survey,9%of the participants chose“Yes,but not as this definition.”Further exploration would be beneficial to understand what other definitions could define a city museum.(b)Contemporary issues/controversial topics:Despite recognising themselves as history museums,a significant number of participants consider topics like“migration”and“decolonisation”as irrelevant for both their long-and short-term exhibitions.It is worth investigating how city museums address city history without delving into the history of migration,which forms the foundation for many cities globally.13PART 2 The Taipei Workshop PART 2 The Taipei Workshop IntroductionI understand that the theme“Sustainability and Well-being in Museums”,which I was asked to tackle for the Taipei workshop,is an essential issue for the city museums of the world.Tokyo is not an exception.Tokyo experiences social issues,such as isolation and qualitative difference,which got worse during COVID-19,the crisis faced globally.Today,in Japan,which is said to be a mature society,we seek solutions:How to value diversity,and how to link those diverse elements together with inclusion.My solution to this issue is“Community through Art”,a society that designs dialogue through art based on the museum.We can connect diverse people with various backgrounds in age,region and culture.Two essential keywords to make this happen are“looking at or observing objects closely”and“dialogue.”I would like to explain two examples of museum-based projects from Tokyo,Japan.The first case happened in Ueno,Tokyo.Sustainability and well-being in museums:Building a community through artCHIKAKO SUZUKICurator,National Center for Art Research,JapanCase Study 1:Beginning of“Community through Art”in Tokyo Ueno Park holds nine museums and cultural facilities,such as the first national history museum,science museum,zoo,and even a music hall,all in one place.We wanted to use this field in a creative way by making people more active and having them come to the museum more often in a sustainable manner.So,one of the museums amongst the nine institutes in Ueno Park,the Tokyo Metropolitan Art Museum,started collaborating with the Tokyo University of Arts,to build a“community through art.”The effort has encompassed three projects:First,the Tobira Project,which began in 2012,targeting a wide range of citizens,whose members we call“art communicators.”Second,Museum Start i-Ueno,which began in 2013,for childrens learning,targeting children aged 618 years.Third,Creative Ageing Zuttobi,which began in 2021,with the aim to build a society where older adults could maintain social connection and well-being.These three projects aimed to realise a social movement through museums so that everyone could Fig.1.Exclusion and inclusion.(Image courtesy Inaniwa et al.,2022,p.84.)Fig.2.Children and art communicators having a conversation in front of an artwork in the exhibit“Kubbe Makes an Art Museum by seeing,gathering,studying and exhibiting”,at Tokyo Metropolitan Art Museum,2015.(Source:Museum Start i-Ueno,Tokyo,Japan.)14PART 2 The Taipei Workshop throughout Japan.NCARs role is to function as a cultural hub and to connect art museums nationally and internationally for the purpose of promoting and expanding art and culture.I belong to the learning group of NCAR,and there are two topics that we have been mainly researching:DEAI(DEAI refers to Diversity,Equity,Accessibility and Inclusion)and Accessibility Design,and Health and Well-being through art.With DEAI and Accessibility Design,we first published seven series of social stories for each National Art Museum.A social story is a social learning tool mainly for people who have autism and the people around them.We described how to visit a museum by using images and simple texts to make it understandable for people with autism.We aimed for it to become a museum guide not only for people with disabilities but for others who may feel anxious about visiting a museum for the first time.We wanted to deliver a message that the museum welcomes everyone.The other research project is Health and Well-being through art,especially targeting how to prevent isolation of the elderly.This new research project gathers 38 institutions,with the Tokyo University of the Arts at the core,including art,welfare and medical care,technology,companies,and even local governments,and will bring together their knowledge and skills to co-create a society for the well-being of the entire population.ConclusionWe continue to promote creativity and symbiosis with dialogue through art to people across the nation,starting with the city,to maintain peoples well-being and build a sustainable society in Japan.More ideas and evaluations about these efforts will be available soon.ReferencesCreative Aging Zuttobi.(2021).Retrieved from https:/ al.(2022).Museum thinking for children and adults.Tokyo:Sayusha.Museum Start i-Ueno.(2013).Retrieved from https:/museum-start.jp/en/about/outlineNational Center for Art Research.(2023).Retrieved from https:/ncar.artmuseums.go.jp/en/Tobira Project.(2012).Retrieved from https:/tobira-project.info/top_eenjoy being creative by doing something meaningful and being able to participate in society.In other words,the projects seek the possibility that museums can increase peoples well-being and let them live a more sustainable life.To realise this vision,there are two essential concepts.The most basic concept is:“Looking at,or observing,objects closely.”We mainly applied the ideas of object-based learning and visual thinking strategy to our programmes.We let visitors observe the art and make them imagine,or think,by asking“what is happening?”or“what inspires you when looking at this?”We also try to let them think deeper by having a conversation in front of the object.In other words,the object becomes a boundary object that reflects everyones thoughts.The object enriches the conversation and opens our way of thinking or even lets our memories flow out.The second concept is“dialogue”,which links to,as I referred to earlier,sharing thoughts with someone in front of an object.Through dialogue,visitors accept various and diverse points of view,and when it comes to talking with other generations,the space should be flat and open so that anyone can feel free to express their ideas.Case 2:The Next“National Stage”Developing Learning Programmes and Accessibility Design through ArtThe second case comes from a brand-new institution that was established in the centre of Tokyo in March 2023,which is called the National Center for Art Research(NCAR),Japan.It is a part of the Independent Administrative of the Institution National Museum of Art,which holds seven types of art museums Fig.3.An edition of“Social Story:My First Art Museum Visit,National Museum of Modern Art,Tokyo”.(Source:Courtesy of National Center of Art Research.)15In her provocative study,Feminist City,Canadian geographer Leslie Kern cites Jane Darke on the patriarchal nature of cities.“Any settlement”,Darke wrote in 1996,“is an inscription in space of the society that built it.Our cities are patriarchy written in stone,brick,glass and concrete”(Kern,2021,p.13).The building that houses my museum is no exception,and I suspect that most city museums inhabit buildings designed by and for privileged men.But that does not mean that the programmes presented in them have to be so constrained.At the Old Treasury Building,we try to deconstruct the building we also celebrate and to pass a gendered lens over the city that surrounds us.The Old Treasury Building was built between 1858 and 1862 not only to house the gold ore then flooding into Melbourne from newly discovered gold fields but also to provide administrative offices for the governor and other ministers of state.It will not surprise you to learn that all of these august officials were men and continued to be exclusively men until 1982.Since the traditional stories of gold-rush Melbourne were also strongly masculine,we obviously faced a challenge in interpreting our building in a gender-inclusive way.Thankfully,feminist scholarship has expanded our knowledge of the gold-rush period significantly in recent decades,enabling us to update our displays on this period to include the stories of some of those women,including those who joined their men in demanding political rights in the mid-1850s.Many museums have found it convenient to include women in their exhibitions through the stories of the various campaigns for womens rights,and we are no exception.While many women lived relatively obscure lives in the past,it is easier to find the prominent women who put themselves on public platforms.These are also important stories.Those campaigns began in earnest in Victoria in the early 1880s and continued into the 20th century,as women formed trade unions,argued for equal pay,and then,from the 1960s,demanded equality of opportunity more generally.In the 1970s,they joined huge Womens Liberation Engendering the city museum:A case study of the Old Treasury BuildingMARGARET ANDERSONDirector,Old Treasury Building,Melbourne,Australiamarches,demanding everything from childcare and legal abortion to the right to safety in the city.Sadly,some of those issues are still current,as we see yet another generation of women speaking out against gendered violence.We presented these movements in an exhibition on political protest installed in 2020.The display also highlighted First Nations protests and campaigns by the LGBTIAQ community,and it is important to acknowledge that womens experience is always further calibrated by ethnicity,race,class,sexuality and faith.However,such displays do not necessarily challenge existing patriarchal interpretive frameworks.We decided to see what would happen if we made womens experiences the centre of our inquiry,hoping to reveal a different view of life in the city.I believe we succeeded,although sometimes we had to look hard to find the womens stories we sought.Fig.1.International Womens Day March,Melbourne,Australia,8 March 1975.From the Protest Melbourne Exhibition,2020.(Source:National Library of Australia.)16PART 2 The Taipei Workshop Wayward Women examined life in the city from the perspective of women who came to the attention of the law.Several were young mothers of illegitimate children,women such as Maggie Heffernan,who drowned her newborn son in the Yarra River in January 1900.Their stories made it clear just how desperate life could be for these women.Although finding precise figures is difficult,one researcher found references to 929“unidentified”infants abandoned during 18851914.Other unsavoury occupations also flourished in the shadows of“Marvellous Melbourne.”They included the baby farmers,who were paid to dispose of unwanted infants,and,of course,the abortionists,whose services were sought by desperate pregnant women until the late 1960s,when abortion was finally decriminalised.We explored some of these shadowy occupations in a recent temporary exhibition,Lost Jobs:The Changing World of Work.This exhibition did not focus exclusively on womens work,but gender was one of its organising frameworks.Now,obviously,some of this content can be described as“difficult history”by any standard.But ironically,these two exhibitions were remarkably popular.Many visitors commented that although they challenged their preconceptions of the city and its history,they thought the stories were“important”ones that“should be told.”Overall,we hope that these exhibitions have provided a more nuanced view of“Marvellous Melbourne”and prompted visitors to consider the Moreover,they were not always pretty.For long periods in the 19th century,Melbourne was a very wealthy city.In the 1880s,it boastfully called itself“Marvellous Melbourne.”Victorias unionised workers helped earn Australia its reputation as a“working mans paradise.”But the gendered term was apt.For while Melbourne might have been a paradise for some male workers,working womens experience of the city was very different.Two factors stood out.The first was the gendered nature of the workforce,which excluded women from many occupations while setting rates of pay for“womens jobs”at half the male rates.That meant that women struggled to support themselves independently.The second was the entrenched double standard of sexual morality.This accepted a certain degree of non-marital(hetero)sexuality in men but insisted on chastity in women.Those women who strayed were condemned as“fallen women”,a phrase that was in common parlance,and their fate was dire indeed.As in most cities,these class,race and gendered divisions found expression in the geography of Melbourne.Indeed,both the Old Treasury Building and Parliament House were within a stones throw of one of Melbournes most notorious,high-class brothels,managed from the 1870s into the early 1900s by the highly successful Madam Brussels,whose clients were said to include many of the men in those same buildings.We told the story of Madam Brussels in an exhibition presented in 2018,entitled Wayward Women?Fig.2.Banner for Wayward Women?Exhibition,2018.Maggie Heffernan is shown on the far left.(Source:Old Treasury Building.)17PART 2 The Taipei Workshop ReferenceKern L.(2021).Feminist city.London:Verso.persistence of some issues,such as the gendered dimension to poverty,continuing levels of sexual violence or the ongoing threat to womens safety in the city.Fig.3.Employees at Flinders Lane clothing factory,1920s.Thousands of women found employment in the“rag trade”in Victoria,Australia,during the 1860s1960s.Flinders Lane in the city was the centre of the clothing industry.(Source:Museums Victoria.)18An ecomuseum born in the Land of RendezvousDaxi Wood Art Ecomuseum,Taoyuan(hereinafter referred to as the WE Museum)is located in Daxi District,Taoyuan City,Taiwan.The WE Museum is the first municipal museum in Taoyuan City and the first public museum in Taiwan called an ecomuseum,with its core of care being how to preserve the culture of Daxi and show its charm.Why would such a symbolic and policy-indicating cultural institution be established in Daxi,rather than another place?Daxi is situated at the intersection of terraces,plains and mountains.The Dahan River flows through,serving as a transportation hub in northern Taiwan since the 18th century.Daxi has earned its reputation for its wood industry,historical buildings and unique local folk customs.The people of Daxi have been dedicated to discovering hidden memories and constructing local history and culture for over three decades.They have established many civil societies and cultivated a group of people who are enthusiastic about preserving the cultural heritage of their beloved hometown.During this process,they reached a consensus that“Daxi is a living museum”,and successfully advocated for the Taoyuan City Government to set up a public ecomuseum in Daxi.The Daxi Wood Art Ecomuseum:Running the museum with peopleHSIN-LIN WENExecutive Chief of Education and Promotion section,Daxi Wood Art Ecomuseum,TaoyuanWE Museum can be said to be founded upon the rich historical and cultural context of the locality,as well as the abundant energy of community development.Open cultural heritage and connecting urban spacesThe museums premises are repurposed from 21 historical buildings,spanning from the Qing Dynasty to the post-World War II era,narrating the historical development of Daxi and Taiwan.These buildings,such as old police residences and a martial arts dojo,served various purposes over the years,but their unique history was not well known until establishment of the museum.The WE Museum started researching and restoring these buildings,preserving their original features while adapting them for museum purposes.This work began in 2013 and was completed in November 2021,making the entire area accessible to the public.In 2019,the municipal government,leveraging cross-agency resources,interconnected old streets,parks and the WE Museum area through a cliff-side trail,creating a visitor-friendly route for exploring the historical and environmental aspects of Daxi old town.As a result,not only are the museum buildings and grounds interconnected but various spaces within the city are Fig.1.The Dahan River flows through the surrounding areas of the Moku Museum in the old town district of Daxi,serving as the mother river nurturing the cultural heritage of Daxi town.(Source:Daxi Wood Art Ecomuseum.)19PART 2 The Taipei Workshop also linked.Subsequently,through museum-guided tours and educational activities,more people come to learn about the stories of Daxi,truly opening up this urban area.Residents participating,learning and taking action togetherThe WE Museum proposes a strategy for“running the museum with the public.”For this purpose,the museum considers people of Daxi as important partners.It launched several projects and built different models to find the proper ways to work with different groups,such as projects of“Corner Hall and“preservation in situ”,and it encourages local people to find their own stories and to interpret themselves.Take the Corner Hall project as an example.After the official opening,the WE Museum is still exploring how to interact and work with locals.Who are the local partners?What topics are worth exploring?What issues shall be addressed?In what ways are we going to respond or co-operate?What is the knack?Therefore,there are two crucial tasks.The first one is to establish a consensus with local residents on“running the museum together”and to explore the ways of place management and put them into practice.The second task is to share the concept that“the entire Daxi is a museum.”The WE Museum launched the Corner Hall project in 2013 to engage local residents in its development.Fig.2.Distribution map of the WE Museum complex.(Source:The WE Museum official website.)It started by inviting local businesses to use part of their storefronts for exhibiting local stories.After opening of museum in 2015,it provided subsidies to encourage property owners to create small museums across Daxi,forming an ecomuseum network.Over a decade,participants have grown from 4 to 33,spanning various sectors.Initially started with woodworking,it now includes food,lodging,farms,social welfare organizations,cultural associations,bookstores,cafes,pottery studios and even temples.The WE Museum supports research,exhibitions,education,publications,and offers expertise through on-site visits and capacity-building courses.Participants collaborate,share knowledge and build a strong partnership.Through the Corner Hall project,residents Fig.3.The display of products in the wood furniture store tells the story of industrial development.(Source:Daxi Wood Art Ecomuseum.)20PART 2 The Taipei Workshop In the next decade,the WE Museum will focus on core issues,such as“cultural heritage”,“woodcraft”and“everyday life culture.”The goal is to broaden participation,encourage more people to contribute to the preservation and promotion of Daxis culture,and extend awareness beyond Daxi to reach a wider audience.connect with their family and local history,fostering a deeper sense of identity with their hometown and the ecomuseum.These participants play a crucial role in preserving and narrating Daxis charm,making them valuable museum partners.Conclusion The WE Museum is about to celebrate its 10th anniversary;it has evolved from building renovations and establishing local consensus to operating as an ecomuseum.It has developed a unique approach to museum work in Daxi and fostered strong relationships between the museum and the local community.Fig.4.The WE Museum offers empowerment courses for participants in the Corner Hall project.(Source:Daxi Wood Art Ecomuseum.)PART 1 Mapping ProjectExplore more about the WE Museum:https:/wem.tycg.gov.twhttps:/ Ecomuseum?mibextid=LQQJ4d 21Singapore is home to nearly 6 million residents living on a tiny island of 734 km2(for context,it is almost the same size as New York,whilst London is twice its size).This island state has always been an open country filled with islanders,joined by Malays from the Malay-Indo archipelago,migrants from India,and a migrant majority from China.These people form the majority of the resident population amongst other ethnicities.With this variety of people,Singapore is also one of the most religiously diverse countries,with 10 religions being practised.In a tight,sometimes almost brick-to-brick living situation,discomfort and tensions are bound to arise.Recognising the need for integration and racial harmony,Singapore has always emphasised multiculturalism and diversity as important foundations for nation building.There are various community museums and galleries in Singapore,such as the Eurasian Heritage Gallery,Peranakan Museum etc.In this short article,the focus is on the three community museums,which are public-funded institutions.The three community museums are Indian Heritage Centre(IHC),Malay Heritage Centre(MHC)and the Sun Yat Sen Nanyang Memorial Hall(SYSNMH),managed by the National Heritage Board,Singapore.The role of these community museums can be summarised broadly as follows:1.Preservation and documentation2.Promotion and appreciation3.Place-making and community-building1.Preservation and documentationAs with many museums around the world,the three community museums have an important role to capture the history and evolution of the community they represent.Research,documentation and collection from the community are key priorities.In particular,the presentation of the heritage of sub-ethnic communities is a responsibility not taken lightly.The three institutions conduct primary research through memory projects and community The role of Singapores community museums in a multicultural societyCHERYL KOHDirector,Heritage Institutions,National Heritage Board Singaporecontributions,so that the research can remain as part of a larger collective memory of the Singapore story.Special exhibitions presented with community voices,stories and objects form an important part of documentation and uncover new knowledge on Singapores diverse heritage.For example,over the years,the MHC has presented the Se-Nusantara(or“Of the same archipelago”)series of community co-curated exhibitions,which celebrate the little known heritage and culture of various ethnic Malay communities in Singapore.Similarly at IHC,the community co-curated exhibitions put a spotlight on the diversity of Singapores Indian community,which is not widely known.Exhibitions,such as those on Chetti-Melaka,Tamils,Sikhs and Malayalees,give a voice to communities and herald a strong sense of pride.This is evident in multi-generational visitors who come to pay“homage”to treasured heirlooms or how they rally together to contribute resources.Over at SYSNMH,the museum presents different aspects of Chinese culture,heritage and tradition,therefore giving a platform to Chinese art forms and culture.In a recent exhibition on Chinese self-help groups,SYSNMH was able to offer its grounds to Fig.1.Curators tour of Ente Veedu,My Home:Malayalees in Singapore(a community co-curated exhibition).(Image credit:Indian Heritage Centre,Singapore.)22PART 2 The Taipei Workshop vibrancy of a community.To complement permanent galleries,which tend to be static,programming and outreach activities at the community museums provide colour and life to the displays.The three community museums celebrate the significant cultural festivals of the Chinese,Malay and Indian communities.These festivals include Deepavali,Dragon Boat Festival,Hari Raya,Lunar New Year,Mid-Autumn Festival,Pongal,and more.As a public institution,it is a signal that it is important to commemorate such festivals and come together,regardless of ethnicity,to celebrate as one.Bringing communities together both within and outside allows for interaction and social bonding.For these festivals,the respective institutions organise open house weekends filled with a myriad of activities,which aim not only to celebrate but also to educate visitors on traditions and practices.For instance,IHC has organised workshops where visitors come together to learn how to make simple festive dishes.At SYSNMH,an annual tradition is a Chinese lion dance performed for all visitors on the very first day of the Lunar New Year.Such events act as a bridge between races,enabling one to learn about others in a more intimate way,going deeper than just cursory awareness.The goal is to build up cultural appreciation and deliver meaningful connections.Based on visitor feedback surveys conducted at the institutions,open houses have been consistently successful,with visitors giving a high engagement score of between 85 and 89(the engagement score comprises a composite of indicators,Fig.2.Visitors at SYSNMHs Connections Across Seas:Early Chinese Mutual Aid Organisations.(Image credit:Sun Yat Sen Nanyang Memorial Hall,Singapore.)Fig.3.Carved sculpture from the 19th-century Chui Eng Free School.Collection of Sun Yat Sen Nanyang Memorial Hall.(Image credit:National Heritage Board,Singapore.)Fig.4.Circumcision cloths of Minangkabau origin,Collection of Asian Civilisations Museum.(Image credit:National Heritage Board,Singapore.)different Chinese associations to share their lesser-known heritage to a wider audience.Beyond this,a dedicated collecting strategy is in place to ensure that objects which are significant form part of the national collection.Curators research and seek out objects either through donations or acquisitions.This gives voice and presence to each community,emphasising that they too are part of the larger national story.2.Promotion and appreciation The importance of community museums is in the opportunity they provide to bring out the energy and 23PART 2 The Taipei Workshop Fig.5.Lion dance performance on the lawn of SYSNMH during Lunar New Year.(Image credit:Sun Yat Sen Nanyang Memorial Hall,Singapore.)Fig.6.Food demonstration workshop during Pongal open house.(Pongal is a harvest festival celebrated by the Indian community).(Image credit:Indian Heritage Centre,Singapore.)3.Place-making and community-buildingThat the three museums are sited in historically rich cultural precincts is no coincidence.For MHC and SYSNMH,the museum buildings are national monuments,one being a former palace and the other a century-old Chinese villa,which played an important role in Chinas history.The only exception is IHC,which is a new building in the heart of Little India.Whether repurposed or purpose-built as museums,being in the heart of spaces where generations continue to live,work and play,means the community museums have another role as precinct guardians and place makers.They act as the eyes and ears on the ground,sensing the pulse of the community,and bearing witness to major events.Take the case of MHC,which is located right next to one of the oldest mosques in Singapore.During the holy month of Ramadan,it works with various community partners to offer its ground for the breaking of fast.Similarly,for IHC,during Deepavali celebrations,the museum offers its space to community groups who wish to perform or contribute their craftsmanship at the museum.Such partnerships are a priority and ingrained in the DNA of the three museums,as they must be seen as“living spaces”,relevant to the times and well-appreciated by the community they serve.As place makers,the museums play their part in programming activities to draw footfall into the precinct.This can be via cultural showcases held within the precinct where the museum curates and co-develops programming with the community.There are also precinct-based tours which bring visitors on a journey to understand the history and heritage of the area.For instance,SYSNMH organises a Balestier Heritage Food Trail which brings participants to heritage food brands in the area and helps to highlight these generations-old businesses.Fig.7.Hari Raya open house celebrations at MHC.(Image credit:Malay Heritage Centre,Singapore.)such as cultural understanding,interest in culture and heritage,pride and appreciation,and gaining new knowledge,amongst others).The community museums also play an important role in exposing younger generations of Singaporeans to Singapores multicultural society.As part of a cohort-based activity,primary 5 students(aged 1011 years)belonging to different races from public schools across Singapore visit IHC for their museum-based learning(MBL)programmes.Students are introduced to Singapores Indian community and Indian culture through themes such as arts,food and traditions.For many of these students,this is their first encounter with Indian culture.From the feedback,it is clear that this initiative is necessary.It builds the students capacity to have an open mind from a young age;they learn to be culturally aware and appreciate the beauty of Singapores multiculturalism.24PART 2 The Taipei Workshop Fig.8.Verbatim feedback received from students on a museum-based learning field trip from May 2022-November 2023(Image credit:Indian Heritage Centre,Singapore.)Fig.9.Beats on Baghdad,programming by MHC in the precinct of Kampong Gelam.(Image credit:Malay Heritage Centre,Singapore.)Fig.10.Making of the largest rangoli in Little India,outside the IHC.(Image credit:Indian Heritage Centre,Singapore.)Fig.11.Visitors at a Kampong Gelam Heritage Trail.(Image credit:Malay Heritage Centre,Singapore.)Fig.12.Participants on a Balestier Heritage Trail visiting a traditional bakery.(Image credit:Sun Yat Sen Nanyang Memorial Hall,Singapore.)25PART 2 The Taipei Workshop Besides gathering the community into the precinct,such showcases or programmes are also a good way for the museum to present and document the intangible cultural practices of the community.The practices can cover culinary traditions,cultural practices,art forms and more.By actively highlighting such intangible cultural practices,the museums can help to preserve them through awareness and appreciation.One example is MHCs Selera Warisan video series(or“Taste of Heritage”),which has a special edition showcasing Malay communitys heritage dishes served during Hari Raya.The series is well-received with many comments from viewers reminiscing about their own family recipes and appreciating MHCs efforts in highlighting these traditions.In conclusion,multiculturalism is the cornerstone of Singapores existence and will continue to be.As a young nation,this trait continues to be a work-in-progress where the foundation stones need to be continuously maintained.As Singapores population continues to grow,the challenge is to ensure inclusivity in celebrating multiculturalism beyond the usual definitions.Hopefully,with the right foundations laid,the future generations of Singaporeans will continue to protect and define their version of multiculturalism.The community museums will continue to play an important role as the historical understanding of the respective cultures and their evolution will be necessary to navigate future challenges.Fig.13.Screenshot from Selera Warisan video series.(Image credit:Malay Heritage Centre,Singapore.)Fig.14.Participants in a traditional puppetry demonstration at SYSNMH.(Image credit:Sun Yat Sen Nanyang Memorial Hall.)Indian Heritage CentreThe IHC traces the history of the South Asian community in Singapore and Southeast Asia.It is a focal point for the Indian community,and a platform to learn more about the diverse Indian heritage in Singapore through its signature programmes,such as Pongal and Deepavali celebrations,its special exhibitions and publications that document and share knowledge on the Indian diaspora.Located in the heart of Little India,IHC also serves as a springboard for visitors to explore the historic precinct.The Centre is housed in a brand-new four-storey building comprising permanent galleries featuring five themes,a special exhibition gallery,educational and activity spaces as well as other facilities.Malay Heritage Centre The MHC is situated in the former Istana Kampong Gelam and the vibrant Kampong Gelam precinct.It is a vital heritage institution for the Malay community,presenting Malay culture,arts and heritage.Its signature programming includes the annual Malay Culture Fest,Neighbourhood Sketches as well as Hari Raya Open House celebrations.The Se-Nusantara series(Of the Same Archipelago)of community-co-curated exhibitions is likely to be the only exhibition series produced specifically to document the tangible and intangible culture and heritage of the diverse Malay community.The MHC is currently closed for renovation till 2025.26PART 2 The Taipei Workshop PART 1 Mapping ProjectFig.15.Lunar New Year celebrations at SYSNMH.(Image credit:Sun Yat Sen Nanyang Memorial Hall,Singapore.)Sun Yat Sen Nanyang Memorial HallMany might not know that Singapore played a pivotal role in the 1911 Revolution.The Revolution ended Chinas imperial dynasty,leading to the establishment of modern-day China.Wan Qing Yuan(as SYSNMH was originally known)was once the Nanyang headquarters of Dr Sun Yat Sens Chinese Revolutionary Alliance(or Tong Men Hui).It was here that Dr Sun planned his revolutionary activities with the support of his loyal overseas Chinese supporters in Singapore and Southeast Asia.Today,the Memorial Hall serves as an important reminder of Singapores role in world history.Its galleries not only trace Dr Suns revolutionary activities in this region but also document the contributions of Singapore Chinese pioneers as well as stories of the Chinese community.In the eclectic Balestier district,the Memorial Hall attracts many families through the signature cultural festival celebrations happening throughout the year.27Introductory notes:What is a city museum?What defines a city museum?What are its main characteristics and missions?Is a museum that tells the history,or histories,of a city automatically a city museum?Are museums that do not have the denomination of“city museums”but present the history of a city,considered city museums?With the new museum definition adpoted by the International Council of Museums(ICOM),what changes in the dynamics of collecting and exhibiting the city?What are the main missions of a city museum?In 1995,a special issue of Museum International was dedicated to city museums,and in one of its articles,Amareswar Galla proposes the following definition for city museums:“A city museum is a non-profit cultural institution or mechanism,dynamic and constantly evolving,at the service of urban society and its development,open to the public and which ensures the coordination,acquisition,conservation,the study,dissemination and presentation of material witnesses of tangible and inviolable heritage,movable and immovable,emanating from various peoples and their environment,for purposes Highlights of the Taipei workshop ANDRA DELAPLACEUniversit Paris Panthon-Sorbonne(HICSA),France;Postdoctoral fellow at the Centre de recherche Cultures Arts Socits(CELAT),Universit du Qubec Montral(UQAM),Montreal,Canadaof study and education,to contribute to the reconciliation of communities and to their delight.”Today,almost 30 years later,the question of defining what makes a museum a“city museum”is at the heart of a special project led by CAMOC since 2019.In April 2023,CAMOC organised a workshop in partnership with the National Taipei University of Education(NTUE)and Chinese Association of Museums(CAM)dedicated to the findings of our ongoing survey about city museums as part of the City Museums Global Mapping Project.Workshop presentations and main outcomesDifferent presentations were intertwined around these main questions that sustained the project of mapping city museums around the world to show their diversity and large scope of themes and scientific disciplines that engage the research around its collections and curating of exhibitions.The presentation of the survey analysis progress by Shih-Yu Chen,Taiwanese specialist at NTUE in charge of the analysis of data from the survey,was crucial to understand the subjects that are at the heart of city museums today:sustainability,gender,decolonisation,Fig.1.View of Taipei.(Photo:Andra Delaplace.)28PART 2 The Taipei Workshop In the questionnaire created by CAMOC,we asked about the topics that would be relevant to(city)museums today:migration,decolonisation,and gender equality,amongst other contemporary issues.Surprisingly,these topics were not considered essential by many of the museum professionals who answered the survey,which was shocking to many present at the workshop.During Shih-Yus presentation about the results of the survey,we observed that many city museum professionals still think that the essential role of city museums is to stick to more traditional topics related to local history and heritage.The reason for these results also comes from the fact that many of the people who answered the questionnaire came from city museums that are not engaged directly with their communities and dont privilege a social museology approach in creating their exhibitions.The NTUE is still working on additional qualitative questionnaires and interviews to complement the initial research results and better understand how the city museums that answered the survey see their role in society and regarding social justice.Excursions to the Sin Hong Choon Tea Museum,Wanhua District(historical city centre of Taipei),and the Daxi Wood Art EcomuseumThe excursions to the Sin Hong Choon Tea Museum,the Wanhua District at the city centre of Taipei,and equity,and multicultural perspectives,to better portray the different aspects of a citys history and challenges today.The history of a city is far more than its architectural or urbanistic traits:the social and economic aspects are essential to understand better and face the challenges of our contemporary societies today.The keynote from Francesca Lanz about the history of city museums and their relevance in the 21st century was also important,as it gave us an overview of the long history of city museums in Europe(where we actually find most of the city museums today).This model of history museum took other forms around the world,and today we find such a rich variety of museums dedicated to the city(from art museums to ecomuseums that tell the history of a city).However,the following central question remains:Can we have a single definition of what makes an institution a city museum?The variety of museums present in the Asia and South Pacific region emerged clearly during the panel session by Margaret Anderson(Australia),Winston Lam(Singapore)and Chikako Suzuki(Japan),who analysed their respective museum and heritage landscape through the perspectives of gender equality,multicultural narratives and social inclusion.Fig.2.Left:View of the Tea Museum.Right:View of one of the houses of Daxi Museum.(Photos:Andra Delaplace.)29PART 2 The Taipei Workshop In 2014 and 2015,renovations to Hall No.1 and the Wude Temple were completed and the two buildings were reopened.In 2016,the Craftsman Story House and the Crafts Exchange Hall were also reopened to the public.Final commentsThe Taipei workshop brought this special project to life with the engaging participation of university students and professors,museum professionals,and representatives as well as researchers from such different provenances(both on site and online):East Asia(Taiwan,Japan,South Korea and Singapore),Australia,Europe,and North and South America.The goal was to create connections and interactions not only with researchers,students and professionals from the Taiwanese museum field but also from the cultural heritage field in East Asia.We took a beautiful group photo at NTUE to mark the success of this workshop.After three years of hard work,the Global Mapping Project has come to a close,having created the first official survey dedicated to city museums in the ICOM community.ReferenceGalla,A.(1995).Musologie urbaine:une idologie de la rconciliation.Museum International,3(187),4045.the Daxi District,Taoyuan City,were impressive and rich,helping participants understand some of the different aspects of Taiwans museum landscape.The Daxi Wood Art Ecomuseum was one of the favourites of the workshop participants and is an example of a museum deeply engaged with its community.It is a museum complex which emphasises the integration between local communities and the preservation of cultural heritage(both material and immaterial),such as craftsmanship with wood.The museum complex is divided into the Daxi Wood Art Industry and the Daxi Resident Lifestyle.Theres also a cluster of 22 Japanese-style buildings showing Japanese colonial heritage in Taiwans landscape.The establishment of this museum started in 1996 with the renovation of historical buildings in the area.The first of the buildings to open to the public as a museum was the Hall No.1,a Japanese-style house constructed in the 1920s.It was also the residence for the principal of Daxi Elementary School.The previous owner of the house,Mao-Lin Chen,and his wife,Cui-Wu Chen-Wang,used to teach tailoring classes at the house.The banner hung high up above the front door that reads“Xiguang Tailoring Class”brings back many memories for the women of Daxi.Converted from a private residence to a public space,this old house is imbued with new life.Fig.3.Group photo at National Taipei University of Education.(Source:NTUE.)30PART 3:The Singapore Field TripPART 3:The Singapore Field TripA Visit to Singapore and Its City MuseumsGLENN PERKINSCAMOC ChairFig.1.Tradition and modernity meet in Kampong Gelam.(Photo:Glenn Perkins.)After the City Museums Global Mapping workshop in Taipei,I was eager to explore another example of what city museums can look like in the Asia Pacific region.Luckily,former CAMOC board member Jenny Chiu,I-Ching Lin from Taoyuan City Daxi Wood Art Ecomuseum and I were able to travel from Taipei and visit various sites in the city/nation of Singapore to see several approaches at first hand.31PART 3:The Singapore Field TripWe met with the staff of the three Heritage institutions of the Singapore National Heritage Board(NHB).Winston Lim of the Sun Yat Sen Nanyang Memorial Hall(SYSNMH)was our fantastic tour guide overall.He and his team took us through the Hall,built as a villa in 1901.A temporary exhibition on Mutual Aid Societies drew connections between urban Chinese communities in Singapore and San Francisco.At the Indian Heritage Centre(IHC),curator Liviniyah P and centre general manager Bhavani Dass offered an amazing look at a wide range of communities from the subcontinent.A massive tableau commissioned for the exhibition“Once Upon a Time in Little India”stretched a long wall of one of the galleries,depicting generations who helped to shape and reshape the culture of the city.The Malay Heritage Centre(MHC),managed by Asmah Alias,was closed for renovations,but curator Zinnurain Nasir and the director of the Heritage Institutions,Cheryl Koh,led us on a tour of the colourful Kampong Gelam neighbourhood.While the property is undergoing repairs and updates,MHC sustains its work through tours and street displays co-curated with heritage businesses.We visited a perfume shop,drinks stand and batik store,just to name a few.It was especially interesting to see how the NHB has worked with heritage businesses to curate and install these kinds of exhibition kiosks that connect the individual business histories to neighbourhood cultural heritage more broadly.Another was at a Balestier neighbourhood bakery not far from SYSNMH(later,at our CAMOC annual conference in New York City,I learned more from a presentation by the NHBs Alvin Tan about experiments co-creating community heritage galleries within existing civic and urban spaces in partnership with stakeholders).NHB staff also arranged visits to the recently reopened Peranakan Museum,which explores the cultures of different straits mixed-ancestry communities,and the Singapore Childrens Museum,which connects the youngest visitors to city history from shipping docks to shop houses.We also had a chance to tour the NHBs Heritage Conservation Centre with Darren Wong.This massive storage and treatment space centralises much of the collections management work for the museums across the city-state.Finally,deputy director Colin Lauw led us on a tour of the Singapore City Gallery.Operated by the Urban Redevelopment Authority,rather than the NHB,the gallery highlights and interprets housing,neighbourhoods,transport,land use,water,energy etc.A mix of interactives and architectural collections shows how city systems work as well as citizens roles in shaping civic life.Visitors can create their own ideal neighbourhood with the“Shaping Singapore”interactive game,learn about historic preservation practices and shop houses,and wander around two enormous architectural models.What unites Singaporeans?Many would say food.Our crew dutifully explored much of the amazing,multicultural cuisine that characterises the city from Fig.2.Colin Lauw at the Singapore City Gallery.(Photo:Winston Lim.)Fig.3.Street corner heritage display kiosk at Loong Fatt Tau Sar Piah Chinese bakery.(Photo:Glenn Perkins.)32PART 3:The Singapore Field Tripkaya toast and Hainanese kopi(coffee)to laksa curry noodle soup.In 2020,the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization(UNESCO)inscribed Singapore hawker culture defined as“community dining and culinary practices in a multicultural urban context”on its Intangible Cultural Heritage list.The inscription commends the nomination for highlighting a culture“that is thriving in a highly urbanized and culturally diverse environment.”Moreover,in the sprawling hawker centres,you sense a shared urban experience that is powered by diverse traditions and culinary invention.Three and a half days was not nearly enough time to experience Singapore fully,but the hospitality of our NHB hosts and a fascinating range of museum approaches revealed different aspects of a multifaceted city.Note:This overview is adapted and updated from an article published in the CAMOC Review,2023 autumn issue.PART 3-SingaporeFig.4.Cultural performance along the steps of IHC.(Image credit:Indian Heritage Centre,Singapore.)33GalleryAll photos are NTUEDAY 1:28 April 2023 Welcome and Registration(A-B)CAMOC organising committee members checking in Registration Desk.(C)Local organisers greeting CAMOC organising members(From left:CAMOC Mapping Project Partner Taipei team leader,Prof Yung-Neng Lin,and president of NTUE,Ching-Ho Chen).(D)Director of MoNTUE Bor-Jou Kuo greeting the Chair of CAMOC,Glenn Perkins.Opening remarks(A)(C)(B)(D)(A)(B)34Project Survey(A)CAMOC Mapping Project Partner Taipei team leader Prof Yung-Neng Lin gave the introduction.(B)(C)Dr Shih-Yu Chen made a presentation of the surveys interim report.Keynote(A)Dr Francesca Lanz gave keynote speech remotely.(B)Online and on-site discussions with participants.(C)(E)(F)(G)(D)(A)Masters of ceremony of the workshop(From left:Jenny Chiu and Andra Delaplace,both from the CAMOC organising committee).(B)Ching-Ho Chen,President of NTUE.(C)Glenn Perkins,Chair of CAMOC.(D)Joana Sousa Monteiro,CAMOC Chair 20162022.(E)Ying-Ying Lai,COMCOL Board Member.(F)Inkyung Chang,Vice President of ICOM.(G)Sing-Da Hung,Secretary General of the Chinese Association of Museums.(A)(B)(B)(C)(A)35INTERACTIVE WORKSHOP SESSIONS1.ProvocationsParticipants discussing the topics during the Provocations session362.MANIFESTO(ES)Participants collecting the ideas for MANIFESTO(ES)session37DAY 2:29 April 2023Panel Discussion:City Museum Perspectives in the Asia-Pacific(A)Chikako Suzuki,National Center of Art Research,Japan.(B)Winston Lim,National Heritage Board,Singapore.(C)Panel discussion with Margaret Anderson,Old Treasury Building,Melbourne,Australia(online).Final roundtable and closing discussion(A)(C)(B)(A)(B)38(A)(B)Student members providing comments during the final roundtable.(C)(D)Closing session.Introduction Taipei City Tour:Bangka Park of Wanhua Dist.(C)(D)39Day 3:30 April 2023 Taoyuan City Tour4041BiographiesAndra DelaplaceAndra Delaplace is a scholar at Universit Paris Panthon-Sorbonne(HICSA),France.Currently,she is holding a post-doctoral position at the CELAT,Universit du Qubec Montral(UQAM),Canada.She presented her Masters thesis on the Cit nationale de lhistoire de limmigration at cole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales(EHESS)(Mention,Ethnology and Social Anthropology)and has a PhD in Museum Studies and Heritage ED 441 History of Art,Universit Paris 1,Panthon-Sorbonne,under the direction of Dominique Poulot.She is also a Board member of ICOM-CAMOC.Cheryl KohCheryl Koh works with teams at three community museums at the National Heritage Board Singapore the Indian Heritage Centre,Malay Heritage Centre and Sun Yat Sen Nanyang Memorial Hall.In her role,she provides strategic directions and oversight in the development of these three museums.She works closely with the curatorial,programming,education,and operations team in ensuring that the community museums reflect the aspirations of the communities and contribute positively to Singapores cultural sector.Prior to this role,she was the director for Strategic Communications at the National Heritage Board(NHB).Her responsibilities included branding,marketing,public communications,and digital strategy for NHB.She was extremely involved in charting the social media and digital communications strategy for NHB.Cheryl is deeply passionate about the role of museums in raising cultural awareness and appreciation of multiculturalism.Besides that,she is also trying to devote time to learn to do a headstand.Chikako SuzukiChikako Suzuki is the Curator of Learning,National Center of Art Research,Japan.She graduated from Tokyo Zokei University,majoring in“Print Making”in 2011.Following the internship for Museum of Modern Art,Kanagawa,she worked from 2011 to 2014 as a curator in the Public and Education Department.From 2015 to 2021,she worked as a program officer on the project Museum Start i-Ueno and as an assistant at Tokyo University of the Arts.She is the coauthor of Museum Thinking for Children and Adults,published in 2023 by Sayusha,Japan.Chun-ni(Jenny)ChiuChun-ni(Jenny)Chiu is Project Researcher at Tokyo University of the Arts,Japan.She obtained her M.A.in Art Management in 2009 at National Taipei University of Education,Taiwan,and her PhD in Museum Studies at the Graduate University for Advanced Studies(National Museum of Ethnology)in Japan.As a specialist in Museum Studies,her research interests are in finding methodologies for museums to promote dialogue between diverse cultures within complex social settings with a focus on museum management reforms such as democratisation and decolonisation in museums.Additionally,activities of cultural citizenship,and research on inclusive and creative museums.Having been engaged with the International Council of Museums since 2012,she is currently a member of the Working Group on Statutes and Rules(WGSR).She joined Tokyo University of the Arts in June 2023 as a Project Researcher working with the National Center for Art Research(NCAR)to promote health and well-being through art and cultural activities.Francesca LanzDr Francesca Lanz is Assistant Professor of Interior Architecture at Northumbria University(Newcastle upon Tyne,UK)and has held teaching and research positions at various European universities,including the University of Lincoln,Newcastle University,University of Amsterdam and Politecnico di Milano.Her academic expertise lies at the intersection of different fields,ranging from interior architecture and museum and exhibition design to museum and heritage studies,with a particular interest in the potential intertwinements between different disciplinary approaches,theories and practices.Her research activity develops across these areas,and it notably revolves around the role of the built environment and museums in contemporary societies.Her work focuses in particular on neglected heritages and difficult memories and stories,with key attention to city museums,migration and the adaptive reuse of sites of difficult history including prisons and asylums.42Biographiesin Melbourne,Australia.In a long career,she held senior museum posts in Western Australia and South Australia,and in the 1980s was the foundation director of the Migration Museum in Adelaide,Australia.In between,she taught history and material culture studies at Monash University.Margaret pioneered discussions in Australia encouraging museums to present diverse histories and to partner with community groups,an aim she continues to pursue in her works.Margaret is a feminist historian with research interests in womens history,the history of the family,and material history.She is especially interested in debates about conflicted views of the past and the capacity of museums to present inclusive content,including“difficult histories.”She is a long-term ICOM member and was a member of the international standing committee from 2016 to 2020 working towards a new definition of the museum.Shih-Yu ChenShih-Yu Chen is a postdoctoral researcher at National Taipei University of Education.Her research interests have focused on the role of museums in contemporary society,specifically examining the narrative and representations of marginal communities within museum spaces.Additionally,Shih-Yu explores the interaction between museums and their communities.Other research interests encompass the application of advanced technology in museum spaces,ranging from enhancing visitor experiences with augmented reality/extended reality(AR/XR)or big data to addressing challenges associated with an ageing population through smart management.Xin-lin WenXin-lin Wen is the section chief of the educational promotion section at Daxi Wood Art Ecomuseum,Taoyuan,Taiwan.Her main interests are focused on regional museums,cultural heritage preservation,and museum education.She developed several projects in collaboration with folk art groups and local schools in the Daxi District of Taoyuan.These projects explored the potential of using museum skills to aid local communities in promoting the inheritance of folk culture and local knowledge,preserving cultural relics,building self-confidence,and using the museum as a platform for social communication.Glenn PerkinsGlenn Perkins has served as Chair of ICOM-CAMOC since 2022.He also works as the Curator of Community History for the Greensboro History Museum,a Smithsonian Affiliate in North Carolina in the United States.There,he was part of the exhibit team for Pieces of Now:Murals,Masks,Community Stories and Conversations,winner of the American Alliance of Museums 2021 Gold MUSE Award for Research and Innovation.Blooloop recognised him as one of its 50 global Museum Influencers for 2022.He holds Masters degrees in US History&Historic Preservation from the University of North Carolina at Greensboro and in East Asian Languages&Cultures from Columbia University in the City of New York.Jelena SavicJelena Savic,based in Porto,Portugal,is an independent researcher on cities and cultural heritage.Her background is in the areas of history and theory of architecture and design research.Her current research interests are museums of cities,sense of place and cultural heritage within contemporary cultural landscapes.She taught Heritage and Design at the Polytechnic Institute of Porto(20182021),and worked as an expert associate for built heritage and visiting assistant for history of architecture and cities(until 2014).Jelena joined CAMOC in 2013.Between 2016 and 2022,she edited CAMOC publications CAMOC News and CAMOC Museums of Cities Review as well as books of proceedings.She also pursued the role of CAMOC secretary(20182022).Joana Sousa MonteiroJoana Sousa Monteiro is the director of the Museum of Lisbon(EGEAC),Lisbon,Portugal,since 2015.She was a museum adviser to the Lisbon Councillor for Culture(20102014).She was assistant coordinator of the Portuguese Museums Network at the National Institute of Museums(20002010).She holds a degree in Art History and MA degrees in Museology and Arts Management.She was a board member of ICOM Portugal(20142016)and Chair of ICOM-CAMOC(20162022).Margaret AndersonMargaret Anderson is a public historian and museum administrator and director of the Old Treasury Building 43We hereby express gratitude to all the colleagues below who helped make the Taipei Workshop and the Singapore excursion a success:Taipei WorkshopNTUEShih-Yu ChenXin-Yi PanYi-Shiou HsiehPo-Ning HuangStudent assistants Carley WuElise YehChih Hsuan HsuHui Yu HsiehIrene LuoLilian KuoPei-Hsuan LinRomy Y.S.LanWeiru ChenSin Hong Choon Tea MuseumChien-Hung HsiaoPon-Pon Bathhouse of Homeless Taiwan AssociationMeng-Hsun ChiangTaoyuan Local Museums Operation TeamAven KueiRupei HungDaxi Wood EcomuseumHsin-Lin WenI-Ching LinQi-Chang FanWan-Chi LinSingapore Excursion National Heritage BoardCheryl Koh Nicola MahIndian Heritage CentreLiviniyah PMaria Bhavani DassMalay Heritage CentreAsmah AliasZinnurain NasirSun Yat Sen Nanyang Memorial HallWinston LimSingapore City GalleryColin LauwRachel ChenSpecial ThanksICOM General Secretariat15 rue Lasson75012 ParisCAMOC http:/camoc.mini.icom.museum/ https:/ 47 34 05 00 Fax: 33(0)1 43 06 78 62 http:/icom.museum https:/
2023-12-22
50页
5星级
PCT Yearly Review 2023PCT Yearly Review 2023Patent Cooperation Treaty Yearly Review 2023The Internat.
2023-12-22
93页
5星级
WIPO IP Facts and Figures2023WIPO IP Facts andFigures 2023This work is licensed under Creative Commo.
2023-12-22
39页
5星级
Annual Report 2023With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms,the Departments logo,any material protected byatrade mark and where otherwise noted all material presented in this document is provided under aCreative Commons Attribution 4.0 International(https:/creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/)licence.The details of the relevant licence conditions are available on the Creative Commons website(accessibleusingthelinks provided)asisthefulllegal code for the CC BY 4.0 International(https:/creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode)The document must be attributed as the Regional Education Commissioner Annual Report 2023.Annual Report 2023 iTABLE OF CONTENTSAcknowledgement of Country iiiRegional Education Commissioners Foreword ivIssues for Consideration 1Glossary 4Education in Regional,RuralandRemoteAustralia 7Access to educational opportunities and support 7Education workforce shortages 12Improving educational attainment to build aworkforce for the future 12Three reviews in 2022-2024 13Stakeholder engagement 13Early Childhood Education andCare(ECEC)14Hearing from stakeholders 14ECEC access and outcomes in the regions 16Building the ECEC workforce in regional Australia 20School Education 21Hearing from stakeholders 21Snapshot of the regional school sector 22Improving access to students health services 25Increasing participation and attainment 26Attracting and supporting our regional teachingworkforce 32Spotlight-FirstNations teachers inremotecommunities 35Vocational Education and Training(VET)38Hearing from stakeholders 38VET aspiration and access in the regions 39VET Delivered to Secondary Students(VETDSS)42VET trainers and assessors in the regions 43Building the regional workforce through VET 43Higher Education 45Hearing from stakeholders 45Higher education participation and attainment theNapthine goals 46Supporting regional students to succeed 49The future of higher education in regional Australia 53Building Stronger Regions through Education 57Regional workforce opportunities and challenges 58Appendices 62Appendix A:Consultations up to 31 October 2023 62Appendix B:Progress responding to the Halsey Review 68Appendix C:Measures responding totheNapthineReview 74Appendix D:References 80iiRegional Education CommissionerLetter to the MinisterThe Hon Fiona Nash Regional Education CommissionerDepartment of Education GPO Box 9880CANBERRA ACT 2601E:RECSecretariateducation.gov.au24 November 2023The Hon Jason Clare MPMinister for EducationMember for Blaxland House of RepresentativesParliament HouseCANBERRA,ACT 2600By email:minister.clareeducation.gov.auDear MinisterIn accordance with the Terms of Reference of my appointment as Australias first Regional Education Commissioner,I present my 2023 Annual Report.This report covers activities andfindings for the past year from December 2022 to November 2023.Yours sincerelyThe Hon Fiona NashRegional Education CommissionerAnnual Report 2023 iiiACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COUNTRYThe Regional Education Commissioner and her Secretariat acknowledge the Traditional Owners and Custodians of Country throughout Australia.The Commissioner recognises and deeply respects the strength and resilience of First Nations Australians and their continuing connection to rivers,lands and seas.The Commissioner and her Secretariat pay respect to Elders past and present and extend that respect to all FirstNations people reading this report.The Commissioner is committed to improving education outcomes for First Nations Australians from regional,rural and remote Australia.ivRegional Education CommissionerREGIONAL EDUCATION COMMISSIONERS FOREWORDAs I finish my second year as Australias inaugural Regional Education Commissioner,I remain awestruck,if not at all surprised,by the collective achievements,strength,and creativity of people in regional Australia.I am fortunate to be part of important conversations with and on behalf of regional,rural and remote people about education in the regions;between people and communities,educational institutions and peak bodies,industries,policy makers and governments.My 2023 Annual Report is an opportunity to reflect on the value of the role as a voice from and for the regions on education,frominfancy to adulthood.The Regional Education Commissioners unique remit allows me to place the challenges and opportunities of regional education from the creche to career firmly within the national discussion about the importance of education.The benefits of education begin before a child is born and grow throughout childhood and teenage years.Thatchilds chances of success will be affected by things like the educational opportunities their parents received,the distance they live from services,availability of early developmental assessment and support,andthe quality and consistency of early childhood and primary school education.Other influences include access to specialist teaching,subjects,facilities and technology in secondary school,availability of information,support for their aspirations,awareness of pathways into tertiary education,support to participate and succeed,and disruption to their education caused by local,societal and environmental events.Having lived and worked in regional Australia for decades,I am well aware of the many rewards of rural life.Growing up in a regional community can be a wonderful experience.However,regional students and their families often find themselves having to rise to challenges like greater distances to services and higher costs in accessing education outside major cities.It is crucial that we ensure people in regional communities have reliable,affordable access to every stage of education.Great education services are a foundation for strong regions.This connection is the focus of my reports closing chapter,highlighting the power of education to drive growth,productivity and social stability in the regions,and to give people the opportunity to imagine and create great futures for themselves.The Australian Government initiated three broad-ranging reviews in 2022-23 that span education from early childhood to tertiary education.As Regional Education Commissioner,I have been fortunate to have had the opportunity to engage in these three reviews,as a member of the Australian Universities Accord Panel and the National School Reform Agreement Ministerial Reference Group advising the Review to Inform a Better and Fairer Education System,and through providing advice on stakeholders and issues affecting regional people for the Productivity Commissions public inquiry into early childhood education and care.Annual Report 2023 vIn reflecting on the state of education in regional Australia in 2023,this report builds on the conversations withregional stakeholders and governments that resulted in the 15 Issues for Consideration that I put forward in my 2022 Annual Report.I have been pleased with the sincerity of the response to last years Issues,including expansion of the network of Regional University Centres(now Regional University Study Hubs).I look forward to continuing to work with governments and departments nationally and in all states and territories to improve education outcomes for regional Australians,and have focused my 2023 Annual Report on 21 Issues for Consideration across early childhood,schools,tertiary education and pathways into the workforce.Themes I identified last year remain relevant and continue to be reflected in my conversations with people,andthere are also new ideas.Many of the challenges and opportunities in regional education can be understood through the following observations that cut across early childhood education,schools and tertiary education.1.Support needs to be timely and appropriately targeted to improve access to and participation in education.2.Helping regional students and prospective students understand their options for future pathways by improving careers advice and building aspiration as early as primary school will help them to realise their potential,support their ambition,and create great futures for themselves.3.Policy makers and funding bodies should allow for flexible delivery models,as the opportunities and challenges of education in regional Australia are different from the opportunities and challenges in our cities.4.Homegrown workforces will improve the opportunity for regional people to stay in their local regions,and to strengthen regional development.The issue of regional workforce shortages has been a recurrent theme of stakeholder feedback in my discussions over the last two years,and supporting students who want to remain in regional communities to study will help local industries and businesses to grow,and contribute to alleviating workforce shortages in critical sectors like education and health.5.Finally,locally based solutions and local expertise and knowledge are necessary to underpin all these activities.It has been a privilege this year to work with my fellow panellists to deliver the Australian Universities Accord review a once in a generation review that will drive the long lasting reform needed to ensure Australias higher education system remains world leading.It is also an extraordinary opportunity to contribute to the future prosperity of Australias regions.As has been clear over the last two years as Regional Education Commissioner,education changes peoples lives for the better,and this is nowhere more clear than in the regions.Through the Accord process,which has had a significant focus on equity,we have had a strong engagement with people invested in the continuing success and sustainability of Australias higher education system and the students and communities it must support.My appointment to the Panel has ensured the education needs of regional Australians remain a priority.viRegional Education CommissionerIn 2023 I have continued to work closely with the Minister for Education,the Hon Jason Clare MP,the Assistant Minister for Education and Assistant Minister for Regional Development,Senator the Hon Anthony Chisholm,and the Minister for Early Childhood Education and Minister for Youth,the Hon Dr Anne Aly,as well as with the Department of Education and other departments.Other ministers and members of Parliament from all states and territories have continued to engage with me productively and positively.The most powerful motivator for the issues I have put forward here in my report are the hundreds of conversations I have had in the last year with regional stakeholders at events,roundtables,conferences,andmeetings,both face-to-face and online.My report reflects the stories,voices,and experiences of regional Australians.In sharing insights into challenges and opportunities,examples of good practice and priorities,I have been guided by regional stakeholders.It is my strong view that this is an approach policy makers should consistently adopt to make sure decisions reflect what regional people need,and that those decisions are informed by the extensive knowledge regional people hold about their local communities.Regional communities are incredibly diverse.What works in a primary school in Western Australias Pilbara is unlikely to work the same way in a primary school in Ballarat,less than 150 km from Melbournes Central Business District.Local ideas and contexts matter.This report picks up where last years finished,reflecting my thoughts on the state of education in regional Australia,and outlines my activities between December 2022 and November 2023.Over these 12 months,Ihave listened,heard what the challenges are,identified the priorities for action,and advocated strongly for the people of regional Australia.My focus has been on identifying actions that will do the most to improve outcomes in education across all sectors and right across the regions.In 2024,I look forward to more inspiring,humbling conversations,and to working with regional Australians,Government and the higher education sector.I will work to ensure policy responses to the three education reviews address the ideas,needs and aspirations of regional Australians.I thank the Department of Education,and particularly my policy secretariat team for their support,commitment and hard work.Most of all,I thank the people,communities and organisations of regional Australia who have spoken to me,invited me into their homes and businesses,told me their stories and shared their challenges andachievements.I hope they see themselves reflected in the pages of this report,which is foremost for them.The Hon Fiona Nash Regional Education CommissionerAnnual Report 2023 1ISSUES FOR CONSIDERATIONEarly Childhood Education and CareIssue for Consideration 1(pp 17,26):Recognising the significant need for developmental assessments and early intervention support services for children in regional areas,the availability of assessments should be evaluated,and assistance provided for the expansion of support services into regions where there is little or no access.Issue for Consideration 2(p 19):Extend the Assistance for Isolated Children Distance Education(AIC-DE)allowance to 34-year-olds undertaking an approved pre-compulsory distance education program to reduce the financial burden for remote families who have no option other than to deliver the preschool program themselves.Issue for Consideration 3(p 19):Improve availability and flexibility of alternative ECEC delivery models in regional and remote communities where centre-based day care is not viable.This may include considering alternate funding models and enhancements to current ECEC services that are most suited to remote areas,such as:increasing the current legislative limits on educators and children in an approved Family Day Care venue,such as a council building,to allow two approved Family Day Care educators to care for no more than 14children allowing for an In Home Care educator to care for children from more than one family at the same time inremote areas exploring a system for providing block funding for ECEC in regional and remote areas where fluctuating demand can create financial instability expanding access to mobile childcare services and mobile playgroups exploring solutions to support the provision of high-quality care in thin markets,such as delivery ofonlineeducation combined with in-person care.SchoolsIssue for Consideration 4(p 28):Increase regional students access to a greater variety of secondary schoolsubjects through in person and distance education measures,such as:offering subsidised courses to regional teachers to undertake upskilling in specialist areas establishing a program to support schools entering into cluster arrangements to share teaching andcurriculum resources expanding funding to partnership programs linking metropolitan schools and regional schools toshareresources,for example the City-Country Partnership Program supporting programs that provide students with opportunities to undertake specialist subjects atanotherschool expanding the services of Regional University Study Hubs to include support services for secondary students,including enabling distance learning or opportunities to access specialist subjects.2Regional Education CommissionerIssue for Consideration 5(p 23):Establish a Distance Education Teaching Allowance(DETA)to support HomeTutors educating geographically isolated students via distance education where there are no alternatives.Issue for Consideration 6(p 25):Increase the Assistance for Isolated Children(AIC)Basic Boarding Allowance to ease financial pressures caused by increased boarding fees for geographically isolated students and their families.Issue for Consideration 7(p 25):To limit unintended financial consequences for regional families andemployers,consider exemptions to the Fringe Benefits Tax for:essential supervisory employees on-site boarding school accommodation employer contributions to employees boarding school expenses.Issue for Consideration 8(p 32):Create a Year 12 school leavers Teacher Aide program to assist regional schools facing a teacher shortage.Tertiary EducationIssue for Consideration 9(p 39):Recognising that VET and Higher Education offer parallel pathways to success,support informed student choice and aspiration by resourcing schools to provide properly targeted,expert careers advice.Issue for Consideration 10(p 50):Improve the administration of the Tertiary Access Payment(TAP)by:removing the no gap year requirement providing students with the financial support prior to relocation rather than after they commence their studies.Issue for Consideration 11(p 50):Amend the Independent Youth Allowance eligibility criteria for regional students so that regional and remote students who need to relocate from home for tertiary study,beyond an appropriately determined distance,qualify as independent(replacing the current criteria that requires a regional or remote student to have worked at least 15 hours a week for a minimum of 2 years or earned 75%or more of wage Level A of the National Training Wage Schedule over a 14-month period to demonstrate independence).Issue for Consideration 12(p 53):Consideration be given to developing a financial support program forstudents on compulsory placements to improve higher education attainment rates in the regions.Issue for Consideration 13(p 54):Enhance and expand the Regional University Study Hubs program,includingby exploring options such as:collaborating with state and territory governments to identify potential opportunities to house Regional University Study Hubs on existing TAFE sites and expand access for VET students enabling appropriately determined university regional campuses to host a Regional University Study Hub developing an appropriate model to deliver ongoing support and governance oversight for the full network of regional Hubs.Issue for Consideration 14(p 59):Significantly increase the number of Commonwealth Supported Places for regionally-based end-to-end medical schools to address critical medical workforce shortages in regional areas.Annual Report 2023 3Issue for Consideration 15(p 60):Immediately address the critical veterinary workforce shortage in regional and remote Australia through both short and long-term strategies,such as:HELP fee relief to encourage early career veterinarians to work in rural areas changes to admissions processes to ensure places for students with a commitment to regional andremotepractice changes to the funding and models of training(e.g.financial support for rural placement)consider housing(or other)incentives to attract veterinarians to regional areas of need.Issue for Consideration 16(p 56):Acknowledging the significant social and economic contribution regional universities make to their local communities,change the eligibility requirements of the Growing Regions Program to allow regionally headquartered universities to apply for funding.Cross-sectorIssue for Consideration 17(p 30):Noting the importance of timely and relevant careers advice to students andits pivotal role in building aspiration and improving attainment rates:undertake a national audit to investigate the accessibility,effectiveness and quality of current careers advicedelivery to primary and secondary school students,including identifying good practices consider how local councils,Regional University Study Hubs and other community organisations canimplement strategies to improve the timeliness,accessibility and quality of careers advice.Issue for Consideration 18(pp 33,43):Encourage educators to remain in,or relocate to,regional areas byoffering local,accessible and subsidised professional development opportunities.Issue for Consideration 19(pp 22,35,36):Elevate First Nations assistant teachers to partner teachers inrecognition of their unique skills and cultural knowledge.Issue for Consideration 20(p 61):Develop a regional education linkage program that facilitates collaboration between regional schools,VET,universities,Regional University Study Hubs,business and industry,and community to build student aspiration and address access,attainment and workforce issues in our regions.Issue for Consideration 21(p 61):Fund local councils to develop a strategy to keep young people connected to their regional community if they leave,facilitating a pathway home for students to return to their region.4Regional Education CommissionerGLOSSARY Australian Qualifications Framework(AQF)is the national policy guide for regulated qualifications in the Australian education and training system.Higher education and VET qualifications are described in the AQF,which consists of ten qualification levels,corresponding to 17 qualification types,including the Senior Secondary Certificate of Education,which is not among the ten levels.AQF levels give an indication of the relative complexity,breadth and depth of achievement and autonomy required to demonstrate competency,and duration to achieve that competency(known as volume of learning).The AQF ensures a common national understanding,recognition and consistency of regulated qualifications.Australian Statistical Geography Standard(ASGS)is a classification of Australia into statistical areas based on population,as defined by the Australian Bureau of Statistics(ABS).It is a social geography,developed to reflect the location of people and communities.In this report,Remoteness Areas are used to distinguish between regions.Australian Universities Accord(Accord)is a review of Australias higher education system,led by an independent expert panel and initiated in 2022.The Accord is considering a range of issues including access and opportunity,investment and affordability,quality and sustainability,and accountability and community,toprovide a long-term plan for higher education in Australia.The Accord Panel is due to provide a final report toGovernment in December 2023.Australian University or university refer to a registered higher education provider in the Australian University provider category of the Higher Education Standards Framework,which sets out the standards all Australian higher education providers are required to meet to continue to deliver higher education courses in Australia(see Australian Universities Accord,higher education,RTO,VET,tertiary education).Commonwealth supported places(CSPs)are places at a university or higher education provider where the Australian Government pays part of the students fees.This part is a subsidy,not a loan,and the student is not required to pay it back.This subsidy does not cover the entire cost of the students study.The remaining portion is called the student contribution amount,which the student is liable for.Developmental Assessment is a comprehensive evaluation of a childs physical,intellectual,language,socialand emotional development.They are usually conducted when a parent,carer,educator or medical health professional identifies that a child is having difficulty in one or more of these areas.Halsey Review is the Independent Review into Regional,Rural and Remote Education released in 2018,conductedbyEmeritus Professor John Halsey.Higher Education in Australia refers to awards spanning Australian Qualifications Framework(AQF)levels 5-10,which include:diplomas(5);advanced diplomas(6);associate degrees(6);undergraduate degrees(a higher education qualification of six months duration covered by an existing higher education qualification at levels 5,6,or 7);bachelor degrees(7)including honours(8);graduate certificates(8);graduate diplomas(8);masters degrees(9);doctoral degrees(10);and higher doctoral degrees(10).Higher Education providers are regulated bythe Tertiary Education Quality and Standards Agency(TEQSA)(see tertiary education,Australian Universities).Annual Report 2023 5Higher Education Loan Program(HELP)provides a financial loan to eligible students to pay student contributions or tuition fees from a university or other higher education provider.Students repay this loan through the Australian tax system,indexed to the cost of living,once they earn above the compulsory repayment threshold.The rate of repayment is dependent on the students income.Initial Teacher Education(ITE)is a pre-service,compulsory qualification to equip graduate teachers with thenecessary knowledge,skills and dispositions to start their teaching career in any Australian school.Jobs and Skills Australia is an agency announced in July 2022 and confirmed in the October 2022 budget.The agencys remit includes workforce planning and developing closer partnerships with state and territory governments,unions,industry and education providers.Literacy and Numeracy Test for Initial Teacher Education(LANTITE)is a computer-based test to measure Initial Teacher Education students literacy and numeracy skills.Microcredentials are a certification of assessed learning or competency,with a minimum volume of learning of one hour and less than an AQF award qualification,that is additional,alternate,complementary to or a component of an AQF award qualification(see AQF).Metropolitan refers to those urban area that are classified as Major Cities as defined by the Australian Bureau ofStatistics(ABS)under the ASGS Remoteness Area(ASGS-RA).National Assessment Program Literacy and Numeracy(NAPLAN)is an annual,nationwide assessment forstudents in Years 3,5,7 and 9 to allow parents/carers and educators to compare student progression in literacy and numeracy over time and against national standards.National Broadband Network(NBN)is a publicly owned government enterprise tasked with designing,building and operating a wholesale broadband access network for Australia.National School Reform Agreement is a joint agreement between the Commonwealth,States and Territories to lift student outcomes across Australian schools through agreed national objectives,outcomes and measures.Napthine Review is the National Regional,Rural and Remote Tertiary Education Strategy chaired by the HonDrDenis Napthine and delivered in 2019,which focused on improving tertiary education participation andoutcomes for students from regional,rural and remote areas.Online learning is the use of digital technology or resources to deliver and support specific teaching andlearning aims/outcomes.Regional is used as a broad term for non-metropolitan areas of Australia.For the purposes of this report,theword regional refers collectively to regional,rural and remote areas.Where the terms inner regional,outerregional,remote,very remote and major cities are used,they generally correspond to the five classes ofremoteness under the ASGS-RA,as defined by the Australian Bureau of Statistics(ABS)based on relative access to services.While many people and communities identify as rural,the term is not explicitly defined anddoes not correspond to any specific class of area within the ASGS.6Regional Education CommissionerRegional University Study Hubs(formerly Regional University Centres),also known as Hubs,provide facilities for the use of regional and remote students to study tertiary courses delivered by distance.Hubs provide local infrastructure including study spaces and internet access,administrative and academic support services,and student support services.Hubs are not registered higher education providers and cannot award higher education qualifications.Registered Training Organisations(RTO)deliver and assess nationally recognised training in the VET sector,issue nationally recognised qualifications and statements of attainment,and receive government funding to provide subsidised VET services(see tertiary education,TAFE,VET).Science,Technology,Engineering,and Mathematics(STEM)are collectively referred to as STEM.Socio-economic status(SES)is the social and economic position of an individual,group,community orregion.Common measures include income,consumption,wealth,education and employment.Technical and Further Education(TAFE)is a government-run system of tertiary education providers providing Vocational Education and Training(VET).VET teaches specific skills for particular industries and workplaces,as opposed to higher education,which focuses on teaching conceptual knowledge and critical thinking(seetertiary education,RTO,and VET).Tertiary education refers to all vocational education and training(VET)and higher education in Australia.Higher education and VET qualifications are described in the Australian Qualifications Framework(AQF),the national policy guide for regulated qualifications in the Australian education and training system.Many providers are dual sector providers,offering qualifications in both VET and higher education,including most TAFEs and a number of universities(see Australian Universities,Higher Education,RTO,TAFE and VET).Vocational Education and Training(VET)refers to the training and work-ready qualifications related to occupational skills,trades and competencies.The VET sector recognises AQF qualification levels 1-6 and 8(Certificates I-IV,Diploma(5),Advanced Diploma(6),Graduate Certificate and Graduate Diploma(8).The VET sector is regulated by the Australian Skills Qualification Agency(ASQA)(see tertiary education,RTO and TAFE).VET Delivered to Secondary Students(VETDSS)refers to programs delivered as part of the secondary education system which provide students with the opportunity to engage in vocational learning and work towards attaining a nationally recognised VET qualification as part of their secondary study.Annual Report 2023 7EDUCATION IN REGIONAL,RURALANDREMOTEAUSTRALIA Australias regions are great places to grow up,live and work.However,even for students in well-resourced communities,isolation,distance between and from services and smaller populations increase the challenges ofaccessing education compared to students in cities.Education improves peoples lives.The learning opportunities provided to children from their early years through school into tertiary education and the workforce will shape their futures.These opportunities,and the benefits ofeducation,should not be limited by location.Achievement and participation in early childhood education and care(which is referred to as ECEC throughout this report),school and the tertiary sectors are tightly linked.The Commissioners view across all aspects of regional education provides insights into how events and outcomes in one stage of a students life can substantially affect their future participation in education and the choices available to them into adulthood.For example,students who thrive in the early years of primary education continue to have better educational outcomes than their peers an advantage that increases over time and into secondary education.It is important to identify learning difficulties,particularly related to development as soon as possible in early childhood to allow for the best possible outcome for the child.Further along the learning pathway,subject availability and selection,specialised teachers,informed aspiration,careers advice and access to tertiary education will have a significant impact on a persons future career and lifetime earning capacity and inturnwill affect the education outcomes of their children.Access to educational opportunities and supportIn Australia,location measurably affects the delivery and outcomes of education from early childhood to post-school study.Growing up in a regional community comes with great benefits but also brings educational challenges.ECEC options are more limited than in our cities,which may mean that a child cannot attend childcare or preschool regularly,or sometimes at all.Lack of reliable childcare also reduces opportunities for their parents toparticipate in the local community,workforce or further education and training.School may be a table in the kitchen,a boarding school far from home,or a multi-grade single building manykilometres down the road and it may not offer the specialist facilities,subjects,or the teachers skilled indelivering them,that some students require to pursue their ambitions.Tertiary education may not be available in the region where students have grown up,meaning they have toleave home to pursue their post-school aspirations,with the associated costs and loss of support networks.8Regional Education CommissionerAs several inquiries in recent years have shown,from the Halsey Review into regional schools to the Napthine Review into regional tertiary education,there is a gap between the educational outcomes and attainment levels of regional students and metropolitan students.More children in regional areas will not attend pre-school,will not complete high school and will not complete a tertiary qualification.An update on the progress responding to the Halsey Review can be found at Appendix B,and an update on the measures taken in response to the Napthine Review can found at Appendix C.Disparity with metropolitan participation and attainment is greatest for remote and very remote areas and First Nations children.This report spotlights issues that are heightened for remote and First Nations children and identifies examples of locally-led initiatives that are working towards improving educational attainment and aspiration in their communities.Financial assistance,career guidance and healthcare all play a role in building the support network needed for a student to succeed.Improving access to educational opportunities and support means removing or lowering those barriers that make it more difficult for regional students to succeed.Barriers range from lack of ECEC and basic access to schooling for students in very remote areas,to the high cost of relocation,to the extent and availability of student support services at school and university.The road distance between a students home and school or university is one measure of education access.The increasing challenge of access to education faced by regional and remote Australians as they move through from primary school to university is shown in three maps generated by the Centre for Australian Research into Access(CARA)(Figure 1).1 These maps illustrate the distribution of Australian addresses coloured by the road distances to the nearest:government primary school(Figure 1A),government secondary school(Figure 1B),and university campus(Figure 1C).They clearly show how distance increases with each education level.While it is not practical to have a university campus in every town,as is the case for primary schools,ongoinginvestment in alternative options is needed to improve access to education.1 Centre for Australian Research into Access(CARA),Road distance between students homes and school or university,2023.The maps illustrate components of a larger database maintained by CARA,a partnership between Deakin Rural Health,Deakin University,and Grampians Health.Data for the external territories of Christmas Island,Cocos Keeling Islands and Norfolk Island has not been included as part of these maps.Annual Report 2023 9Figure 1A Road distances to nearest government primary schoolData sources:Australian Curriculum,Assessment and Reporting Authority(ACARA),Department of Industry,Science and Resources(GNAF),Precisely,Esri10Regional Education CommissionerFigure 1B Road distances to nearest government secondary schoolData sources:Australian Curriculum,Assessment and Reporting Authority(ACARA),Department of Industry,Science and Resources(GNAF),Precisely,EsriAnnual Report 2023 11Figure 1C Road distances to nearest university campusData sources:Universities Australia(Main and Other Campuses),Department of Industry,Science and Resources(DISR),Precisely,Esri12Regional Education CommissionerEducation workforce shortagesTeaching workforce shortages exist across all sectors in regional Australia but are particularly evident inthe ECEC sector and in specialist Science,Technology,Engineering and Mathematics(STEM)subjects in secondary schools.This report highlights several different strategies that could be implemented to build the regional teaching workforce.Local,accessible training opportunities can help to create and sustain a homegrown workforce.Theseopportunities include training for teachers to upskill in specialist subjects.Supporting early career teachers through placements,training and mentorships can assist in retaining teachers in regional areas.Focusing on the many positive aspects of working in regional communities would also help attract new teachers to these areas and welcome back people who may have moved away to pursue tertiary education.Alleviating workforce shortages would unburden currently overwhelmed regional teachers,schools and parentsand would positively influence the quality of education for regional students.Improving educational attainment to build aworkforce for the futurePolicy makers need to plan from early childhood to ensure that students have the best available support and opportunities to maximise their learning outcomes.Technological change will influence thecomposition of the workforce,and who benefits;over time,the strongest growth is in the jobs that require the highest skills.2 Over the next five years,90%of new jobs will require post-school qualifications,with more than 50%requiring a bachelors degree or higher.3To meet this demand,the Australian higher education system would need to have at least 1.2 million Commonwealth supported students in 2035 and 1.8 million in 2050.There are around 900,000 students today,which means an increase of 300,000 by 2035 and 900,000 more by 2050 double the number of current students.4Participation will need to grow significantly to meet the demand for qualified workers,and that growth will need to come from groups historically underrepresented in higher education,including students from regional areas.The Accord Interim Report projects that at least half of the additional students will need to come from regional Australia.5 To move more of these students into skilled careers that need tertiary qualifications,weneed to increase the number of students completing Year 12.2 Australian Government,Intergenerational Report 2023:Australias Future to 2063,24 August 2023,55.3 National Skills Commission,Projecting employment to 2026 nationalskillscommission.gov.au,29 March 2022.4 Australian Universities Accord,Interim Report,July 2023,14.5 53%,Australian Universities Accord,Interim Report,July 2023,14.Annual Report 2023 13Three reviews in 2022-2024In recognition of the challenges facing Australian education,the Government initiated three broad-ranging reviews in 2022-23.The Productivity Commissions inquiry into ECEC,led by Professor Deborah Brennan AM,delivered its draft report on 23 November 2023 with a final report due by June 2024.The Review to Inform a Better and Fairer Education System led by Dr Lisa OBrien AM,focussed on schooling,will advise the National School Reform Agreement process.The Expert Panel delivered its report to Education Ministers on 31 October 2023.The Australian Universities Accord,a review of the higher education system led by Professor Mary OKane AC,isexpected to deliver its findings in December 2023.The Commissioner is a member of the Accord Expert Panel,and the National School Reform Agreement Ministerial Reference Group advising the Expert Panel for the Review to Inform a Better and Fairer Education System.The Productivity Commission inquiry sought the Commissioners advice on relevant issues and stakeholders in ECEC in regional Australia.The findings and recommendations of the reviews will inform policies to address disparities in educational outcomes and attainment.As the reviews are underway at the same time,issues that cut across sectors can be considered,such as the way in which the school curriculum and environment needs to support post-school education and the transition to employment,through skilled teaching,scaffolded support,and building informed aspiration.The Commissioners broad cross-sector perspective on regional education has given her a unique role in these three reviews and allowed her to advocate strongly for issues specific to education in regional Australia.Stakeholder engagementThroughout the year and across Australia,the Commissioner has engaged with individuals,communities,organisations,and local governments in all sectors.A full list of stakeholder engagement can be found in Appendix A of this report.Communities in regional Australia experience common challenges including difficulty accessing education,support for students,workforce shortages,and access to careers advice that helps them understand pathways to and through tertiary education.However,although regions share challenges and can(and do)learn from each other,every community is unique,and local community knowledge should be a contributing factor to policy and program design.Regional Australia is a huge part of the continent,with diverse environments,communities,and geography.People in the regions have emphasised that locally based solutions,tailored to the unique needs of their communities,give the best outcomes.Designing policy with local communities rather than for them is another important characteristic of successful programs aiming to improve outcomes for regional students.Local communities have insights into what they need and the best approaches.Case studies of good practice are highlighted throughout this report,capturing the knowledge and expertise of people on the ground in regional communities.14Regional Education CommissionerEARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION ANDCARE(ECEC)Education helps people imagine and create better futures for themselves and their communities,andthis starts in early childhood.These benefits of education,aspiration,and workforce participation that ECEC provides should not be limited by location.Regional Australian communities are great places to grow up and raise children.However,discussions this year have reiterated that even the most resilient and well-resourced regional and remote communities face challenges delivering and accessing ECEC that their metropolitan equivalents do not experience.Approaches that work for people in cities often fail in thinner regional markets,particularly as population density and the availability of skilled workers decrease.Hearing from stakeholdersThis year the Commissioner engaged with many communities,organisations,peak bodies,state and federal ministers,and government agencies on matters related to ECEC.Barriers to ECEC accessand availability,particularly inremote communities,remain a central concern in these conversations.Attracting and retaining ECEC staff,and navigating complex regulatory requirements,also presentsignificant challenges inregionalcommunities.The ECEC sector is currently undergoinga period of extensive review.TheCommissioner has engagedwith many inquiries and reviews this year,raising the challenges ofdelivering and accessing ECEC in regional Australia and proposing actionsto ensure reliable,high-quality ECEC isavailabletoall families.The Commissioner has also attended several events hosted by ECEC sector stakeholders,including opening the52nd Annual Conference of Isolated Childrens Parents Association of Australia(ICPA),held across 26 and 27July 2023 and speaking at Early Childhood Australia NSWs Conversations Evening on 12 October 2023.Image Caption:ICPA Federal Conference,25 July 2023 L-R;Elise Petty,nbn Australia,the Regional Education Commissioner,the Hon Fiona Nash,andJenMedway,Regional Tech HubAnnual Report 2023 15Submissions,reviews and representationsProductivity Commission Early Childhood Education and Care InquiryThe Productivity Commission ECEC Inquiry is examining ECEC across all modes of delivery,including centre-based day care,preschools,Family Day Care,outside hours care and In Home Care.The Productivity Commission is considering cost and availability barriers that affect access to ECEC services,and ways to supportbetter outcomes for children,their families,and ECEC providers.The Commissioner made a submission encouraging the Productivity Commission to examine the practicality of specific interventions for increasing access to and participation in ECEC in regional Australia.Her submission also noted workforce shortages as a significant issue in the regions,including for the ECEC sector,and advised that a lack of sustained access to childcare is a barrier to participation in education and the workforce.Additionally,the Commissioner met with the Productivity Commission on 13 June 2023 to discuss the unique needs of regional and remote communities.The ECEC Inquiry subsequently contacted her seeking advice on key regional ECEC stakeholders and where to hold regional consultation meetings.Australian Competition&Consumer Commission Childcare Inquiry 2023The Australian Competition&Consumer Commission(ACCC)is conducting an inquiry into the market forthesupply of childcare services.The inquiry will provide a final report by 31 December 2023.The Commissioner met with the ACCC on 18 April 2023 to discuss the provision of ECEC for regional families,raising the challenges of thin markets and market failure particularly in remote communities,and the effect thata lack of access has on local workforce.The Commissioner also noted the importance of finding flexible ways for centres to continue to operate in thin markets,especially those where the number of families seeking childcare may fluctuate.Early Years StrategyThe Australian Government is currently developing an overarching Early Years Strategy with the aim of improving coordination between the numerous programs,frameworks and funding schemes that the Commonwealth operates in the ECEC sector.The Commissioner attended the National Early Years summit on 17 February 2023.The Summit brought together parents,community organisations and representatives across government,non-government,academic and business sectors to discuss the development of the Early Years Strategy.The Commissioner wasadditionally invited to attend two consultation roundtables on 25 May to aid development of the Strategy.The Commissioner used these opportunities to elevate the issues consistently raised by people in regional andremote communities,stressing the unique challenges facing regional children and families as compared totheir metropolitan counterparts.Department of Education ReviewsThis year the Department of Education commissioned independent reviews of the In Home Care and the Inclusion Support programs.The Commissioner met with the teams conducting these reviews in May 2023 to provide insights on the specific needs of regional and remote families and the opportunities for these programs to support them better.She noted the need for flexibility in implementation including exploring the possibility of delivering the education component of ECEC online,in situations in which qualified carers are available but there is a shortage of educators.16Regional Education CommissionerECEC access and outcomes in the regionsDevelopmental outcomesThe first few years of a childs life,before the age of 5,lay the foundations for their future behaviour,learning,and success.The younger a child is,the more adaptable the connections in their brain are likely to be,which is why early monitoring of development and behaviour is so important because this is when interventions are most likely to be effective.Ensuring children have the right support in these early years can have a major positive effect on their future.However,children in regional and remote Australia are far more likely to be developmentally vulnerable by the time they start school than children in major cities.This is particularly true for children in Remote and Very Remote Australia and First Nations children.Australian Early Development Census(AEDC)data indicates that in 2021,34.4%of children in Remote and Very Remote were developmentally vulnerable on one or more domains(compared to 20.8%in major cities and 24.4%in regional Australia).6 34.3%of First Nations children were assessed as developmentally on track in all five domains of the AEDC.This is a decrease from 35.2%in 2018 and is well below the 54.8%of all Australian children developmentally on track on all five domains.Ensuring all children are developmentally on track in each of the domains is critical for their future,as the AEDC domains have been shown to predict childrens later outcomes inhealth,wellbeing and academic success.7Figure 2:Percentage of children developmentally vulnerable by domain(2021)Source:Australian Early Development Census 2021,Australian Government,20216 Australian Early Development Census(AEDC),Australian Early Development Census National Report,Australian Government,2021,41.7 AEDC,Australian Early Development Census National Report,9.Annual Report 2023 17There is a lack of data on the availability of developmental assessments and intervention support services in our regions.It is currently unclear how many children can access developmental assessments.Even if every child had access to an assessment,there is limited information on what supports are currently available to children in the regions should a need for intervention be identified.To ensure regional children are supported to be developmentally on track when they start school,the current availability of formal developmental assessments and access to ongoing support in regional and remote Australia needs to be better understood.This would require cooperation between relevant sectors,including the early childhood education and health sectors.Issue for Consideration 1Recognising the significant need for developmental assessments and early intervention support services for children in regional areas,the availability of assessments should be evaluated,and assistance provided for the expansion of support services into regions where there is little or no access.CASE STUDY:Thrive By FiveThrive by Five is an initiative of the Minderoo Foundation focussed on reforming the ECEC system to ensure itis high quality and universally accessible.Following the release of the Mitchell Institutes 2022 report on childcare deserts,partially funded by the Minderoo Foundation,Thrive by Five has continued the strong focus on gaps in access and outcomes that exist between children in the regions,and First Nations children,in comparison to children growing up inmajor cities.In November,Thrive by Five launched the Every Childs Right to Thrive by Five Make It Law campaign.The campaign asks all levels of government to work together to pass legislation that creates a guarantee of access to early childhood services for young children across Australia.In addition to legislating nationwide entitlements to parental leave,healthcare and education,the proposed legislation would also include defining a high-quality,inclusive and integrated early childhood development system that crosses sectors,location and tiers of government.Thrive by Fives campaign aims to bring together all the services and systems that impact children in their early years,including ECEC,maternal and child health,paid parental leave and other community services suchas playgroups,into one coordinated system.This approach recognises the different influences on a childsdevelopment in the early years and aims to improve outcomes across Australia through equitable nationwide entitlements.18Regional Education CommissionerAccess The ECEC landscape looks very different in regional and remote Australia compared to metropolitan areas,with more approved childcare places per child available in Major Cities than in the regions,even when adjusted for differences in population size.8 The difference is particularly pronounced when comparing the number of places per child in Major Cities(391 per 1000 children)with Remote(212 per 1000 children)and Very Remote(166 per 1000 children)areas.9 Furthermore,while the number of approved childcare places across Australia increased by 17tween 2018 and 2022,the number of approved places in Remote and VeryRemote Australia remained stable.10Centre-based day care and outside school hours care made up 97%of all childcare services in Australia in 2018,however most of these services are located in Major Cities and Inner Regional Australia.11 Roughly two-thirds of all In Home Care services are located in regional and remote Australia,but the number of In Home Care services across Australia has declined since 2018.12 A number of factors may influence a providers choices of where to deliver ECEC,including potential profit,adesire to meet the needs of children and households in particular areas,or in some cases,both.13 These decisions are also shaped by expectations of a potential services viability,which is heavily influenced by location.14 Compared to areas of relative advantage,there are fewer incentives to operate services in remote areas.15 Forexample,demand for ECEC tends to be greater in metropolitan areas,and centre-based day care services inremote areas had significantly higher operating costs than those in Major Cities or regional Australiain 2022.16Feedback to the Commissioner this year has noted that many regional and remote areas have limited or no capacity to deliver centre-based day care,and that the predominant delivery of this form of ECEC has reduced focus on other care types that regional communities rely upon.Under the Preschool Reform Agreement,Australian children are entitled to at least 15 hours of quality programmed preschool education in the year before they start school.However,there are barriers that prevent children in regional and remote areas from accessing this entitlement,including the distance from remote locations to physical preschool programs.The year before formal schooling is critical in preparing children for school,and additional funding should be provided to ensure all children can reliably access quality preschool education by extending the Assistance for Isolated Children Distance Allowance(AIC-DE)for remote families who have no choice but to provide preschool at home.8 Australian Competition and Consumer Commission(ACCC),Childcare inquiry 2023 June 2023 interim report,June 2023,52.9 ACCC,June 2023 interim report,52.10 ACCC,June 2023 interim report,51.11 ACCC,June 2023 interim report,41.12 ACCC,June 2023 interim report,48.13 ACCC,Childcare inquiry 2023 September 2023 interim report,September 2023,9.14 ACCC,September 2023 interim report,28.15 ACCC,September 2023 interim report,31.16 ACCC,September 2023 interim report,16,73.Annual Report 2023 19Issue for Consideration 2Extend the Assistance for Isolated Children-Distance Education(AIC-DE)allowance to 34-year-olds undertaking an approved pre-compulsory distance education program to reduce the financial burden for remote families who have no option other than to deliver the preschool program themselves.Flexible deliveryProviding access to ECEC services is a significant challenge for many regional and remote communities.These communities need to be supported to provide universal access to ECEC services,but this cannot be achieved in a uniform way.Delivery models need to be flexible and account for the specific needs of the communities they serve.This includes the need to consider models that would not be constrained by the number of children seeking care.Community representatives have noted that,while important for assuring quality,the strict requirements for operating ECEC services make attracting quality staff difficult,particularly when the number of families in need of childcare fluctuates.Online delivery of education combined with in-person care may be a solution worth exploring to ensure that quality childcare is available where no other options exist.Issue for Consideration 3Improve availability and flexibility of alternative ECEC delivery models in regional and remote communities where centre-based day care is not viable.This may include considering alternate funding models and enhancements to current ECEC services that are most suited to remote areas,such as:increasing the current legislative limits on educators and children in an approved Family Day Care venue,such as a council building,to allow two approved Family Day Care educators to care for no more than 14 children allowing for an In Home Care educator to care for children from more than one family at the same time inremote areas exploring a system for providing block funding for ECEC in regional and remote areas where fluctuating demand can create financial instability expanding access to mobile childcare services and mobile playgroups exploring solutions to support the provision of high-quality care in thin markets,such as delivery of online education combined with in-person care.20Regional Education CommissionerCASE STUDY:RAISEducationFounded in 2020,RAISEducation aims to improve educational outcomes for children living in remote and isolated farming communities across Australia.RAISEducation provides individualised learning plans to enhance essential Literacy and Numeracy skills from early childhood to the end of primary school.RAISEducation supports ECEC in isolated locations by providing ongoing individualised support to families.Thissupport includes identifying each childs strengths and areas for development when creating individualised learning plans,providing a range of engaging activities that develop achilds phonological awareness,oral language,and numeracy skills,and developing opportunities for geographically isolated children to interact and engage with their peers.RAISEducation also provides the necessary support and coaching for parents and home tutors to become their childs first teacher.Image Caption:Kylie Jones,Founding Director,with children participatingin RAISEducation programs.Building the ECEC workforce in regional AustraliaIn conversations with and representations to the Commissioner over the last two years,people in the regions continue to highlight the significant challenge of attracting and retaining qualified ECEC staff in regional,and particularly remote,communities.This shortage has a notable effect on the broader regional workforce,as a lack of childcare options leaves parents unable to join or return to work or further education and training.In some cases,addressing workforce shortages may include attracting qualified locals back to the profession.Astudy into childcare in the Maranoa and Western Downs regions of Queensland found there are nearly twice asmany people with relevant childcare qualifications as there are employed in the childcare industry in these regions,with pay and work conditions cited as core reasons qualified ECEC educators were leaving the profession.17Commissioners NoteThe promotion of careers and pathways into the ECEC profession to secondary students and prospective mid-career entrants should be supported as a way to bolster the regional ECEC workforce.17 Regional Australia Institute,Maranoa and Western Downs Childcare Study Final Report,March 2023,24.Annual Report 2023 21SCHOOL EDUCATION There are 1.1 million students enrolled in regional schools over a quarter of all school students in Australia.18 Although no two regional schools are alike,ranging from one teacher schools,distance education classrooms,boarding schools and regional schools with large enrolments,parent and community groups,local councils,schools and educators have emphasised similar challenges across regional areas in their conversations with the Commissioner.Regional students face more challenges to access education and achieve educational milestones than their metropolitan peers.School workforce shortages,access to school,and student support continue to be pressing issues for regional communities that are further exacerbated in remote areas of Australia.However,examples of good practice set out in this chapter show the positive outcomes that schools and teachers generate for their students and communities through locally led programs.Local schools have a very important role in creating and sustaining community in regional areas.19 Similar to the role of universities discussed in the upcoming higher education chapter,schools act as an anchor point for regions and have a significant influence on outcomes for students and the wider community.Hearing from stakeholdersThroughout the year,consulting with regional schools and parent and community organisations,the Commissioner has seen and heard about tailored,community-based solutions for school and support services(see AppendixA for a list ofstakeholders).Some of these initiatives are described in this chapter.They demonstrate the best of living in regional Australia:committed people and organisations dedicated toensuring their students can access the best opportunities while enjoying the advantages of belonging to a close-knitregional community.18 1 103 723.1 students live in regional areas,ABS(Australian Bureau of Statistics),Table 46a Students(FTE)by ASGS Remoteness Indicator and Affiliation,State and Territories,2022 data set.abs.gov.au,2022.19 J Halsey,Independent Review into Regional,Rural and Remote Education:Final Report,Department of Education and Training,January 2018,p 49Image Caption:Visit to Rockhampton Grammar School,17 May 202322Regional Education CommissionerThe Commissioner heard from people,organisations and communities across the country about the successes and challenges of schooling in regional Australia.This chapter discusses their concerns and experiences,which form the basis of her submissions to several reviews in 2023.Submissions,reviews and representationsAs a member of the National School Reform Agreement Ministerial Reference Group and through a submission to the Expert Panel,the Commissioner contributed significantly to the Review to Inform a Better and Fairer Education System this year.Her August 2023 submission recommended establishment of a Distance Education Teaching Allowance(DETA)to support geographically isolated students,exploration of options for First Nations students to board on Country,fully subsidised mental health support for all remote students and a national advertising campaign focussing on drawing existing teachers to the regions.The Commissioner also made a submission to the Northern Territory Review of Secondary Education encouraging consideration of how First Nations assistant teachers could be elevated to partner teachers(Issuefor Consideration 19).In May,the Commissioner made a submission to the Teacher Education Expert Panel,established to reform initial teacher education(ITE).The Commissioner proposed increasing the number of First Nations teachers and support workers to ensure culturally appropriate education.She also proposed increasing funding for regional universities providing ITE courses that have high rates of graduate regional employment,andteachingapprenticeships to support new regional teachers.Snapshot of the regional school sectorThe gap in outcomes between metropolitan and regional students evident in participation and attainment rates and NAPLAN results,is reflected in 2023 NAPLAN data,and continues over a schoolstudents educational lifetime.In the 2023 NAPLAN results,for example,54.2%of Very Remote Year 3 students need additional support in numeracy compared to 8.2%of Year 3 students in Major Cities.In Year 7,the proportion of Very Remote students needing additional support was 58.8%compared to 7.2%of students in Major Cities.20 Across all tests and all measured year groups,there is a significant disparity between students in remote and very remote areas,in comparison to students in major cities.While estimated Year 12 certification rates are increasing across Australia,the gap between metropolitan and regional students remains the same.21 Similarly,school attendance rates for all students in Years 1-10 aregenerally in decline but regional and remote attendance rates remain below those in metropolitan areas 63.1%in Very Remote communities compared to 87.5%in Major Cities.22 School participation and attainment for regional students is affected by barriers to access including financial costs,health issues(including mental health),career aspiration,and engagement with teachers and the curriculum.20 Given the changes in the NAPLAN testing this year,it is not possible to compare these results directly to previous years but the large disparity in outcomes was also evident in previous years and has not improved.Australian Curriculum,Assessment and Reporting Authority(ACARA)NAPLAN national results data set,2023.21 ACARA,National report on schooling.In 2021,only 63.2%of remote and very remote students and 74.4%of outer regional and 71.0%of inner regional students attained the Year 12 certificate,compared to 82.1%in metropolitan areas,ACARA,Year 12 certification rates data set,2021.22 Attendance rates in remote areas(79.3%)and inner and outer regional areas(85.1%and 84.4%)were higher,however still not equivalent to the rate of 87.5%in major cities.ACARA,Student attendance data set,2022.Annual Report 2023 23Improving access to education In regional Australia,distance and lack of services and infrastructure are barriers to accessing quality education and adequate health services.When local schools are not an option,families in remote locations rely on distance education or boarding schools.The Commissioners 2022 Annual Report identified high financial costs as a barrier to accessing education in remote areas.For students undertaking distance education,parents and carers must sacrifice time and income to supervise their childrens leaning or hire a tutor.A DETA,as proposed in several of the Commissioners submissions this year as well as an Issue for Consideration in 2022 and 2023,could help ease the additional financial burden on families of geographically isolated students.Issue for Consideration 5Establish a Distance Education Teaching Allowance(DETA)to support Home Tutors educating geographically isolated students via distance education where there are no alternatives.Online learningOnline learning is a valuable tool for extending the reach of education into regional areas particularlyin very remote areas.Online learning is a well-established teaching method in distance education but is now used more broadly to allow students to study secondary subjects and take up educational opportunities that they would otherwise have been unable to access.CASE STUDY:Aurora College Opportunity class(Virtual Delivery)Aurora College is a virtual selective school for regional students in NSW from Years 5-12.Students enrolled inalocal regional NSW state school can access the Aurora selective streams in mathematics,science,Englishand technology through a virtual learning environment.Virtual delivery allows students to study subjects not available at their local schools,without having to leave their community.The school has developed the Young and Deadly Mob initiative to identify high-achieving First Nations students to study virtually at Aurora College while staying connected to Country.A reliable internet connection is needed to access a high-quality online education.Current initiatives include the federal governments School Student Broadband Initiative,in collaboration with NBN,to provide upto 30,000 families who have no internet at home with free NBN until the end of 2024.The Commissioner is investigating internet access for tertiary students as part of a research project expected to be finalised in 2024;although focused on tertiary education,the recommendations from this report will address barriers and inform improvements that can be made to regional students internet access across all education sectors.24Regional Education CommissionerStudying away from homeBoarding school is often the only alternative for students living in regional or remote areas without a physical school nearby.More than three quarters of Australias boarding school students are from regional areas and around 20%are First Nations students boarding off country.23Most boarders are from regional communities where they dont have the option to continue high school in their local area.Boarding school is not a choice but a necessity for these families and comes at a considerable expense.Richard Stokes,Chief Executive Officer,Australian Boarding Schools Association(ABSA)There are significant costs for regional families to send their children to boarding school which could beeased by extending financial support.The Commonwealth Regional Scholarship is a pilot program that will provide scholarships to students from regional communities to assist with boarding school fees and associated costs.The program area of the department sought the Commissioners feedback on the Administrative Guidelines,adopting improvements she suggested,including broadening eligibility to include students whose locally available school could not meet their aspirations(for example in access to elective subjects);financial need assessments to take into account change in circumstances to address fluctuating incomes;options for applicants to provide a reference from a community organisation with their applications;allowing scholarship funds to be directed toother educational costs that would support the student(such as a laptop)in addition to boarding fees;and not limiting the number of scholarships per family.The pilot program will provide funding for up to 50 low-income families of$20,000 per student per year,and another 50 low to mid-income families to be funded$10,000.If the evaluation of the pilot program shows that the program has been successful in assisting regional families,the Commissioner would support expanding the program to assist a greater number of regional boarders,whose families are experiencing financial hardship,to access these educational opportunities.The Assistance for Isolated Children(AIC)Basic Boarding Allowance provides financial support to familiesto assist with boarding school expenses.This allowance was set up in 1973 to cover half of the average boarding school fees to assist geographically isolated students to access boarding schools.However,over time,the allowance has not kept pace with increasing boarding school fees.Approximately 4000 geographically isolated students across Australia receive the Basic Boarding Allowance,receiving$9,396 in basic allowance(orcost of boarding,whichever is lower)per year.24 According to a survey of a cross section of Isolated Childrens Parents Association(ICPA)members,75%of geographically isolated respondents spend over$5000 per term inout-of-pocket costs which the allowance does not cover.25 The ICPA has advocated for a$4000 increase to the Boarding Allowance to cover the additional costs families currently bear,and to cover at least 55%of average boarding fees.The Commissioner supports the proposal to increase the allowance,acknowledging that accessing boarding school is an essential part of many geographically isolated students education,and the burden boarding school fees place on their families.23 Australian Boarding Schools Association(ABSA),ABSA Census 2023,2023,accessed 8 November 2023.Of the 20,347 boarding students in Australia in 2023,3,959 were First Nations students.24 Isolated Childrens Parents Association(ICPA),AIC Basic Boarding Allowance Discussion Brief,ICPA,6 October 2023.25 ICPA,AIC Basic Boarding Allowance.Annual Report 2023 25Issue for Consideration 6Increase the Assistance for Isolated Children(AIC)Basic Boarding Allowance to ease financial pressures caused byincreased boarding fees for geographically isolated students and their families.Fringe Benefits Tax arrangements are also contributing to the financial burden of boarding school expenses on regional families.For boarding schools located outside remote areas,the accommodation where essential supervisory boarding staff reside onsite to care for children is treated as a fringe benefit.TheAustralian Boarding Schools Association and ICPA have noted that the cost is being passed on to regional families through increased school fees.Boarding schools in remote areas(defined as not in or near an urban centre)are exempt from this tax,however the exemption should be extended to boarding schools in or near urban areas due to the impact on boarders families,the majority of which are from regional communities.Regional employers who provide financial contributions towards the boarding expenses of staff members children are also levied with a Fringe Benefits Tax on those contributions.This acts as a deterrent to employers assisting employees and may require regional families to leave employment and relocate to metropolitan areas if they cannot afford boarding expenses and have no other options for educating their children.Issue for Consideration 7To limit unintended financial consequences for regional families and employers,consider exemptions to the Fringe Benefits Tax for:essential supervisory employees on-site boarding school accommodation employer contributions to employees boarding school expenses.Improving access to students health servicesFor regional students to make the most of their education they need access to appropriate physical andmental health services.Across this year,people in the regions have told the Commissioner that there aretoo few services available in regional areas to support the health of students.Limited access to paediatric psychology services means the burden of mental health support often falls to teachers in addition to their teaching and pastoral workloads.26 Existing government programs such as the Federal BeYou Program and the Victorian Mental Health in Primary Schools program can address some of thesebarriers to accessing mental health support services.Royal Far Wests Telecare for Kids program is an example of how technology can extend the reach of health services into under-resourced regional communities,and the positive effects that these accessible mental andphysical health services bring to young students.26 NSW Department of Education,Rural and Regional Education Project:Final Report,7 July 2023,9.26Regional Education CommissionerAs outlined in the ECEC chapter and Issue for Consideration 1,there is significant improvement in childrens long-term health and developmental outcomes when there are resources available to support them with services like health checks and therapy sessions.Twenty-two percent of all Australian children are identified as developmentally vulnerable in one or more domains which predict a childs outcomes in health,wellbeing and academic success.27 For First Nations children,it is 42.3%.28 Programs such as Royal Far Wests Paediatric Developmental Program,which provides a week-long in person developmental assessment followed by ongoing remote care for children under 12,have a positive effect on learning outcomes,participation rates,andYear 12 attainment.CASE STUDY:Royal Far West Telecare for Kids Royal Far Wests Telecare for Kids program provides physical and mental health services to more than 1200children aged 3-12 in 110 regional schools and communities in New South Wales and Queensland.Theservice offers screening,assessment and therapy services for children to ensure early intervention,accessto psychology,speech pathology and occupational therapy services and effective support.Families,schools,and health professionals can refer children to the Telecare program.Based in Manly,Sydney,RoyalFarWest specialists conduct the sessions through online video consultations with the child at home,school,or health clinic.This year,the Commissioner attended Narromine Public School to acknowledge and celebrateRoyal FarWests eight-year partnership with the school.In the wake of the devastating flooding across New South Wales Northern Rivers and Southeast Queensland communities in 2022,Royal Far West clinicians are working in thirty schools and pre-schools as a part of the Federal Governments Community Recovery Program to support children as they grapple with the psychological impacts of being displaced,witnessing destruction of their homes and communities,andseeingtheir parents and caregivers in distress.Increasing participation and attainmentStudents need to feel engaged with school and to understand the role education plays in helping to shape their futures.If students think that the only purpose of school is as a pathway to higher education,and they do not imagine higher education as part of their future,they may disengage from learning.Students need access to information about options and role models to aspire to a range of career pathways and understand how they might apply their interests and skills.Aspiration needs to be supported with accurate,accessible information about how to achieve goals,and relevant curriculum,including access to a broad range of secondary subjects and educators skilled in teaching them.27 AEDC,Australian Early Development Census,14.28 AEDC,Australian Early Development Census,29.Annual Report 2023 27The estimated percentage of remote and very remote students awarded a Year 12 certificate has increased from 51%in 2009 to 63%in 2021.29 While the improvement is positive,there is still a pronounced gap between these remote and very remote outcomes and the rates in major cities,where the Year 12 certification rate is 82%.30 A research project overseen by the Commissioner is currently examining good practice methods for retaining students in regional,rural and remote areas to Year 12,and to identify key retention factors that may include physical barriers,subject availability,curriculum relevance and available careers advice.It will deliver its final report in December 2023.Access to secondary subjectsA common observation from people in the regions is that the variety of secondary subjects offered inregional schools is markedly lower than in metropolitan schools.This has been a persistent issue.Low enrolments,small class sizes,teachers having to teach out of field,and poor access to specialist teachers and facilities needed for particular subjects was a concern noted in many submissions to the Halsey review in 2018.31While these issues remain current,many regional schools are finding creative ways to share teaching resources and expertise and extend access to subjects and facilities to more students.CASE STUDY:The Eyre Peninsula Local Delivery Program(Cluster Model)The Eyre Peninsula Local Delivery Program is a senior studies access program developed by secondary schools across South Australias Eyre Peninsula allowing students to virtually access subjects not available at their local school.Local Delivery students enrol at their home school for the subjects available locally and enrol in linked schools to access subjects virtually that their local school cannot provide.Students are mentored by a teacher from the Local Delivery site with regular contact and tutorial support.The Program provides flexibility to allow for different student pathways,offering South Australian Certificate ofEducation(SACE)subjects,VET subjects and School-based Apprenticeships.The Program also allows First Nations students to participate in the South Australian Aboriginal Secondary Training Academy(SAASTA).This program provides Year 10,11 and 12 First Nations students to study the SACE with a novel sporting and cultural curriculum.Partnership models between metropolitan schools and regional schools produce two-way benefits for students and staff at both schools.Well-resourced metropolitan schools can provide access to specialist staff,subjects,and facilities,for example delivering secondary subjects virtually to regional schools or seconding staff with subject expertise.Regional schools can share their regional cultural experience with metropolitan staff and students through school visits,exchanges,and professional development programs.29 ACARA,National Report on Schooling in Australia data portal,data set,2023.30 ACARA,National Report on Schooling,data set.31 J Halsey,Independent Review into Regional,Rural and Remote Education:Final Report,Department of Education and Training,January 2018,34.28Regional Education CommissionerCASE STUDY:City-Country Partnership Program(Partnership Model)The City-Country Partnerships Program(CCP)was established as part of the Australian Governments first Implementation Plan under the National Agreement on Closing the Gap.Facilitated by the Yadha Muru Foundation,the program establishes partnerships between high-performing government and independent metropolitan schools and remote government schools with a high proportion of First Nations students.The program is co-designed to improve outcomes and attendance for First Nations students,and to accelerate progress towards meeting Target 5 of the Closing the Gap Agreement,for 96%of First Nations 2024-year-olds to attain a Year 12 qualification or equivalent by 2031.The expanding network of Regional University Study Hubs could also provide learning space for secondary students.Where schools do not have the facilities for some specialist subjects,Hubs could help fillthis gap.Implementation would require careful planning and cooperation between jurisdictions and sectors but could have considerable benefits.Issue for Consideration 4Increase regional students access to a greater variety of secondary school subjects through in person and distance education measures such as:offering subsidised courses to regional teachers to undertake upskilling in specialist areas establishing a program to support schools entering into cluster arrangements to share teaching andcurriculum resources expanding funding to partnership programs linking metropolitan schools and regional schools to share resources,for example the City-Country Partnership Program supporting programs that provide students with opportunities to undertake specialist subjects at another school expanding the services of Regional University Study Hubs to include support services for secondary students,including enabling distance learning or opportunities to access specialist subjects.Making curriculum content relevant to regional studentsIn consultation with parents,community groups and teachers over 2023,the Commissioner has heard that current standardised approaches to curriculum and testing can disadvantage regional students,in part by not acknowledging their unique lived experiences.Recent research by UNSW academics supports these claims,finding that adapting educational materials including textbooks,slides,and multi-media content to students cultural context will noticeably improve educational outcomes.32 Improving the diversity of examples in publicly available resources and standardised tests such as the NAPLAN would allow regional students to apply their knowledge to familiar environments without requiring teachers to tailor their lessons.32 Roberts,P et al,Cultural Context in Standardised Tests,UNSW Economics of Education Knowledge,12 December 2021.Annual Report 2023 29Research shows cultural context has an impact on student achievement in standardised tests such as NAPLAN.This is because familiarity with the examples used in questions clouds a students ability to demonstrate the skill being tested.For example,having to write about abeach when you have never been to one.33 Dr Phillip Roberts,Associate Professor in Curriculum Inquiry and Rural Education,University of CanberraCASE STUDY:Innovation and entrepreneurship:BOP Industries and Red Dirt RoboticsAs the workforce becomes increasingly reliant on technology,students will require innovative problem solving and entrepreneurial skills as they transition from school to further education and careers.BOP Industries and Red Dirt Robotics travel to schools in regional Australia to deliver innovative programs to give students the opportunity to engage with the latest technology and pitch their own original design ideas which align with school curriculum in STEM subjects.First Nations students living in the regions need relevant curriculum content.Curriculum content designed to be culturally relevant for First Nations students living in regional Australia would provide a more engaging and relevant school experience.Opened in 2021 in the Gunyangara community of East Arnhem Land,the Dhupuma Barker is an independent school which offers bilingual education for 35 Yolngu students from Kindergarten to Year 6.The curriculum combines Australian curriculum with traditional Yolngu teachings and builds students English language skills in conjunction with Yolngu Matha(language),Rom(law)and Galtha(ways of learning).Commissioners NoteThe lives and experiences of regional students are different from metropolitan students.All children benefit if they see themselves,their cultures,experiences and future reflected in their learning resources.Early,informed careers advice and supportStudent options are shaped well in advance of their final school years.Career information and inspiration,beginning in primary school,will help equip children to imagine and begin to create the futures they want for themselves.Geographically isolated children do not have proximity to the range of tertiary providers or visibility of the variety of industries that metropolitan students do.Role models who have already travelled pathways between school and post-school,and supportive,informed networks to help students and their primary influencers navigate these pathways,are needed to help regional students realise their aspirations andambitions.33 Roberts,P.Australian students in rural areas are not behind their city peers because of socioeconomic status.There is something else going on,TheConversation,6 June 202330Regional Education CommissionerCareers advice should equip students,their parents and other influencers to understand the effects of their choices at different decision points on their options to pursue vocational education and training and higher education.All students should have sufficient advice to make informed decisions.While streaming students within secondary schools into ATAR and non-ATAR/VET pathways may encourage students to pursue further education aligned to their skills and interests,early or uninformed streaming can unnecessarily limit or misdirect a students choices.Careers advisers need to be aware of all post-school pathways available.The WA Career Practitioner program is a good practice example recognising the importance of training careers advisors and providing them with a dedicated role in a school or available to a school.Under this initiative,70 career practitioners completed a 12-month qualification in career development before commencing placements in schools across WA.The program identifies that careers advice is a specialised field separate from teaching,that requires dedicated and qualified staff resources.Issue for Consideration 17Noting the importance of timely and relevant careers advice to students and its pivotal role in building aspiration and improving attainment rates:undertake a national audit to investigate the accessibility,effectiveness and quality of current careers advice delivery to primary and secondary school students,including identifying good practices consider how local councils,Regional University Study Hubs and other community organisations can implement strategies to improve the timeliness,accessibility and quality of careers advice.There are a range of community-led strategies that could help to build aspiration through improved delivery ofcareers advice.Local careers fairs or expos,in partnership with councils and business and industry,could help to build regional peoples aspirations.Expanding on the traditional careers fair,targeted funding would allow local government to organise businesses,VET and higher education providers,schools,and community organisations to showcase what they do,and what skills industries are looking for.These events would allow primary and secondary school students to see how their subject choices translate into careers andcould potentially match school students with businesses where they are interested in work placements.Theycould also help community members looking to change careers or re-enter the workforce to explore further education options and engage with local employers and training organisations.To expand access to career resources beyond education providers,the Commissioner would support the development of career information resource packs to be made available to students and community members via local councils,libraries,or community organisations.Expanding the services offered by Regional University Study Hubs to include careers advice and information could also help reach more students in regional communities.Annual Report 2023 31Once students have made an informed choice as to what and where they want to study,they need adequate information about the support available to them.In 2023,the National Careers Institute sought the Commissioners advice when updating the regional,rural,and remote school leavers information kit.TheCommissioner recommended that the school leavers guide include more information on available scholarships and mental health and wellbeing support programs for regional school leavers as well as specific references to Independent Youth Allowance for rural and remote students.Completion of high school and continuation to tertiary education is significantly influenced by the presence of supportive school and community networks.Support networks that connect students with mentors who can speak of their experiences in tertiary education and provide families with information to nurture student aspiration will assist regional students transitions to tertiary education.34 The NSW Governments Regional School Alumni Events Program is an example of an effective program fordeliveringalumni events such as speed networking and information sessions in regional schools.Students cant aspire to be what they cant see.Choices,whether informed or not,and availability ofsubjects,will dictate whether a student can pursue particular tertiary education and careers,particularly inSTEMsubjects.The CSIRO Young Indigenous Women program recognises this issue by providing support forstudents from Year 8.CASE STUDY:CSIRO Young Indigenous Womens STEM AcademyThe CSIROs Young Indigenous Womens STEM Academy supports young Indigenous women by promoting access to STEM careers through a range of tailored opportunities.Run across target regions in Australia,the Academy is a national place-based program for students in Years 8-12,with a residential camp featuring STEM activities and online assemblies where students can meet others through virtual learning.Participants are given a Personal Success Plan and schools have monthly wellbeing visits.Students are mentored by adedicated CSIRO academic coordinator and the program is designed with communities to ensure that FirstNations knowledge,technologies and processes are integral.The academy uses existing STEM and Commonwealth assistance to support students to completion of a degree.Once students are in Year 12,they can transition to the CareerTrackers Indigenous Internship Program,whichlinks Year 12 and university students to employers to undertake 12-week paid internships throughout their degree.34 The Smith Family,Pathways,Engagement and Transitions:Dynamic post-school pathways of young people experiencing disadvantage,10 July 2023.32Regional Education CommissionerAttracting and supporting our regional teachingworkforceOne third of Australias teacher workforce works in regional schools,facing high reported workload,stress and out-of-field teaching as well as challenges in attraction and retention.35 Attrition levels(therates at which teachers leave the profession)are also higher for regional schools compared to metropolitan schools.In a survey by the Australian Institute for Teaching and SchoolLeadership in 2020,regional or remote teachers who indicated that they intended to leave the profession within 10 years cited workload and coping as the most common reason.36 Teachers in remote and very remote areas are also 10%more likely to work morethan 50 hours a week compared to other areas,in part due to workforce shortages.Local training opportunities can allow regional communities to build a homegrown teaching workforce.To address workforce shortages,in addition to attracting more teachers to the regions,there needs to be an increase in local training options to allow future teachers to study and qualify in-region and experienced teachers to undertake professional development to progress their careers.Some states currently offer regional pathway programs for teachers,including the Rural and Remote Teacher Experience program inQueensland,Victorias Teach Rural pilot in 2022-23 and Country Education Partnerships Teach Rural Program.Another proposed solution is the creation of a Teacher Aide gap year program to enable exiting year12 students to work as Teacher Aides during a gap year before undertaking further education.Underthisproposal,Participating Year 12 school leavers would take a gap year to work as a Teacher Aide in a regional school before commencing their tertiary education.Consideration should be given to HECS relief and VET FEE-HELP,and recognition of prior learning for those who complete the program.This would benefit both regional students and regional schools.Issue for Consideration 8Create a Year 12 school leavers Teacher Aide program to assist regional schools facing a teacher shortage.To improve retention of early career teachers,the Commissioner recommended in submissions to the Reviewto Inform a Better and Fairer Education System and ITE Expert Panel that teacher training include moreregion-specific training and placements,to help manage expectations and provide guidance to early-career teachers about working in regional areas.Pre-service placements in regional areas prepare early career teachers for multi-age classrooms,isolation and appreciating the different experiences of their students.In her submission to the ITE Expert Panel,the Commissioner recommended provision of financial support to assist with travel and other costs associated with regional placements an idea ultimately recommended in theITE Panels final report.35 In December 2022,with 480 vacancies,regional teaching vacancies were more than six times what they were in 2012,and up over 20%yearly,Regional Australia Institute,Big Skills Challenge Report,May 2023,86.In 2022,86%of regional and remote teachers cited workload and coping as the reason for their intent to leave the profession,and rates of out-of-field teaching were higher in regional and remote areas in 2020 in areas such as Mathematics(37%),English(30%)and Science(29%):Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership(AITSIL),Australian Teacher Workforce Data(2021-2022)Key Metrics,AITSIL website,data set,2023,accessed 2 August 2023.36 Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership(AITSIL),Australian Teacher Workforce Data(2021-2022)Key Metrics,AITSIL website,dataset,2023,accessed 2 August 2023.Annual Report 2023 33There are several state programs that provide financial incentives for metropolitan teachers to relocate toregional areas,including one-off or regular payments in addition to salary,and relocation allowances.37 However,financial incentives alone will not improve retention of the existing workforce and attract new teachers or those who have left to study and not yet returned.In her submission to the Review to Inform a Better and Fairer Education System,the Commissioner recommended a national advertising campaign highlighting the benefits of regional life and teaching in the regions.A state-level example is Western Australias Teach in WA campaign.The Commissioner also highlights the need for accessible professional development opportunities forteachers in the regions,including facilitating in-person workshops in communities.Regional teachers have reported difficulty accessing and participating in professional development opportunities due to cost of travel and accommodation,the cost of bringing a specialist in-school,and availability of casual and relief teachers,which are in short supply in regional areas.38 Less than a quarter of regional teachers surveyed by the Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership(AITSL)in 2021-2022 described being able to access relevant or appropriate professional learning.Issue for Consideration 18Encourage educators to remain in,or relocate to,regional areas by offering local,accessible and subsidised professional development opportunities.As observed in the Commissioners Review to Inform a Better and Fairer Education System submission,professional development and career progression opportunities increase retention and create strong school leadership.Providing local teachers with the opportunity to upskill in subjects with workforce shortages will help improve local access to secondary subjects and will reduce the workload stress associated with teaching out-of-field.37 For example,Queensland Governments Recognition of Rural and Remote Service(RoRRS)scheme;New South Wales Governments Rural Teacher Incentive,South Australian Governments Country Incentive Zone Allowance(CIZA)payments.38 AITSIL,Spotlight Professional Learning for Rural,Regional and Remote Teachers,AITSIL website,2018,accessed 4 October 202334Regional Education CommissionerCASE STUDY:Teach for Australia Future Leaders Program(FLP)Teach for Australias Future Leaders program is a year-long professional development program designed for educators in regional,rural,and remote areas to build on their strengths and develop crucial skills to help them,their students,and schools to thrive.Approximately 170 future leaders have participated in the program over three years.Figure 3:Cohort Participation DataSource:FLP Cohort 1 participation data,Evaluation of the Future Leaders Program:Initial Report,26.Nearly 40%of the first cohort of students have been promoted to a position of leadership since starting the program,and 94%of the participants are still working in regional schools.Programs such as the FLP equip regional teachers with the skills to develop professionally,manage their workloads and advance in their careers without having to leave their community building a homegrown workforce of future school leaders.Annual Report 2023 35SPOTLIGHT-FIRSTNATIONSTEACHERS INREMOTECOMMUNITIESIncreasing the number of First Nations school teachers would have a positive impact on student aspiration,participation,and retention in remote areas.Only 2%of the teaching workforce are First Nations teachers,compared to 6%of students.39 A diverse workforce can lift student achievement for all students,aseducators are role models and cultural bridges in the classroom.40 Increasing the proportion of First Nations teachers would help address teacher shortages in remote and very remote areas and improve diversity in teaching while also having a positive influence on teachers,students,and their communities.41First Nations teachers share the unique experiences of First Nations students,and nurture and certify their cultural knowledge.First Nations knowledge is essential for developing culturally relevant and bilingual curricula.In the Northern Territory and Western Australia,assistant teachers from First Nations communities work alongside teachers and support students learning.There are profound benefits to recognising the contribution that assistant teachers maketoeducating children in their communities and acting as valuable role models.Raisingtheir status would acknowledge both cultural expertise and bring economic benefittotheir community.Mark Grant,Chief Executive Officer,Australian Institute for Teaching and SchoolLeadership(AITSL)In her NT Review and Review to Inform a Better and Fairer Education System submissions,the Commissioner proposed considering how First Nations assistant teachers could be elevated to partner teachers in recognition of their unique skills and cultura
2023-12-22
92页
5星级
IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Edition IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Edition European Patent Office,Japan Patent Office,Korean Intellectual Property Office,China National Intellectual Property Administration,United States Patent and Trademark Office Edited by KIPO,November 2024 IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Edition Direct access to main chapters of the report:Executive Summary Preface Table of contents Chapter 1:Introduction Chapter 2:The IP5 Offices Chapter 3:Worldwide patenting activity Chapter 4:Patent activity at the IP5 Offices Chapter 5:The IP5 Offices and the Patent Cooperation Treaty(PCT)Chapter 6:Other work Annex 1:Definitions of the IP5 Offices expenditures Annex 2:Definitions of terms and statistics on procedures Annex 3:Acronyms IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Table of Contents Navigation i Executive Summary The IP5 Statistics Report(IP5 SR)is an annual compilation of patent statistics for the five largest intellectual property(IP)offices the IP5 Offices namely the European Patent Office(EPO),the Japan Patent Office(JPO),the Korean Intellectual Property Office(KIPO),the China National Intellectual Property Administration(CNIPA)and the United States Patent and Trademark Office(USPTO).Worldwide patenting activity until 20221:-At the end of 2022,17.2 million patents were in force in the world( 4.8 percent).91 percent of these patents were in force in one of the IP5 Offices jurisdictions.-In 2022,3.5 million patent applications were filed worldwide,either as direct national,direct regional or international phase Patent Cooperation Treaty(PCT)applications,of which 93 percent originated from the IP5 regions(IP5 Blocs).-In 2022,77 percent of the worldwide patent applications were filed as direct national applications.The proportion of applications filed via the PCT remained stable.IP5 Offices patenting activities in 2023:-In 2023,3.0 million patent applications were filed at the IP5 Offices( 2.9 percent).-Together the IP5 Offices granted more than 1.7 million patents in 2023( 9.4 percent).-In 2023,the main developments at the IP5 Offices were:-Annual IP5 high-level events:On June 15,2023,the USPTO hosted the meeting of the IP5 Heads of Office in Honolulu,Hawaii.The IP5 Heads reaffirmed their commitment to addressing climate change through an accessible and inclusive IP system and encouraged discussions on IP5 office-led initiatives and programs on climate-related innovations.During their meeting,the Heads of Office also endorsed the progress of the ongoing IP5 working group projects,including the implementation of the IP5 New Emerging Technologies/Artificial Intelligence(NET/AI)roadmap,efforts to harmonize drawing requirements,and the exploration of creating a global assignment system.The Offices acknowledged the importance of the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals and explored ways to collaborate to provide additional value to users and incorporate sustainability into the IP5 framework.They also amended the 2017 IP5 Vision Statement to broaden the scope of the IP5s work,particularly in relation to efforts to build a sustainable future and enhance and streamline the IP system.The new 2023 IP5 Vision Statement was adopted and published on the IP5 website on June 20,2023.As a result of discussions on promoting sustainability and providing helpful resources and incentives to users,the IP5 Offices affirmed their commitment to exploring collaboration opportunities on sustainable innovations to bring these innovations to impact.1 The most recent worldwide data available(see Chapter 3).IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Table of Contents Navigation ii-At the IP5 Offices in 2023,the applications increased by 4 percent at the CNIPA and the JPO,by 3 percent at the EPO,by 2 percent at the KIPO and by less than 1 percent at the USPTO.The data showed annual growth of 3 percent for overall applications at the IP5 Offices(See Chapters 2 and 4 of this report).-EPO:2023 marked the 50th anniversary of the European Patent Convention(EPC).The Unitary Patent and Unified Patent Court(UPC)were launched in June.The EPO introduced the Observatory on Patents and Technology,the Modular IP Education Framework(MIPEF)designed to be integrated into university curricula and launched a new EPO website.The EPO has made significant strides in enhancing environmental sustainability.Demand for patents grew further by 2.9 percent to 199,275 European patent applications.By the end of 2023,99.5 percent of patent grant actions were successfully digitalised.-JPO:The JPO has been aiming to achieve the“world”s fastest and utmost quality patent examinations”,and implementing various measures focused on“maintaining speed”,“granting high quality rights.”In 2023,the JPO received 300,133 patent applications,and the total pendency and the first action pendency were 14.0 and 9.5 months on average,respectively.Furthermore,in 2023,first action pendency from request for accelerated examination was 2.2 months on average.-KIPO:The annual average first office action pendency period was 16.1 months for patents and utility models.KIPO received a preliminary total of 556,600 applications filing for patents,utility models,industrial designs,and trademarks in 2023.The number of PCT applications filed to KIPO increased by 1.1 percent from 21,916 in 2022 to 22,166 in 2023.The Korean language is also the 4th most commonly used language as an official PCT publication language.-CNIPA:In 2023,the CNIPA was adjusted into an institution directly under the State Council,and an inter-ministerial joint conference system was established to improve Chinas IP competitiveness.Major policies such as the Special Action Plan for Patent Transformation and Utilisation(2023-2025)were implemented.CNIPA further improved the quality of IP examination and made efforts to provide more convenient and efficient services,the average pendency for the examination of invention patents was reduced to 16 months.-USPTO:In 2023,the USPTO released its 2022-2026 strategic plan with the ultimate goal to propel innovation,entrepreneurship,and creativity for the benefit of people around the world.The USPTO announced a collaboration with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and a special category of its Patents for Humanity Program to incentivize greater innovation in climate and green technology areas.In September of 2023,the USPTO issued the 1 millionth design patent.IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Table of Contents Navigation iii Preface The IP5 Statistics Report(IP5 SR)is jointly produced by the“IP5 Offices,”which consist of the European Patent Office(EPO),the Japan Patent Office(JPO),the Korean Intellectual Property Office(KIPO),the China National Intellectual Property Administration(CNIPA),and the United States Patent and Trademark Office(USPTO),along with the support of the International Bureau(IB)of the World Intellectual Property Organization(WIPO).It follows on from a provisional Key IP5 statistical indicators report published in springtime.The latest reports,along with other data exchanges and information about the IP5 Offices,can be found at www.fiveipoffices.org.Political and economic conditions as well as technological factors influence the levels of patent filings which in turn contribute to economic growth.There is a worldwide tendency to harmonize patent laws with common international standards and to facilitate filing of applications across borders.Common vehicles to ease patent prosecution across different jurisdictions such as the PCT,validation agreements and the Patent Prosecution Highway(PPH)have had a positive impact on worldwide patent growth over recent years.While applications are user driven,grants show the production capacity of the offices.The IP5 Offices hope that this report provides useful information to the readers.The IP5 Offices will continue to improve and refine the report to better serve user needs.Definitions related to the terminology used in the report are given in Annexes 1 and 2.When reading this report,please bear in mind that the procedures and practices among the IP5 Offices differ in many aspects.Therefore,caution should be applied when analysing,interpreting and especially comparing the various statistics.Materials from this report can be freely reproduced in other publications,but the IP5 Offices request that this should be accompanied by a reference to the title and the website location of this report.Please note the links to the statistics available at each Office:www.fiveipoffices.org/resources/annualreports For users wishing to explore the patent statistics in detail there is a set of statistical tables accompanying this report that show extended time series and graphs for most of the data available in this report and a glossary of patent related terms.EPO,JPO,KIPO,CNIPA,and USPTO With the cooperation of WIPO IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Table of Contents Navigation iv Table of Contents Chapter 1:Introduction 1 Chapter 2:The IP5 Offices 5 Patents in force 5 IP5 Cross filings 7 European Patent Office 9 Japan Patent Office 19 Korean Intellectual Property Office 24 China National Intellectual Property Administration 29 United States Patent and Trademark Office 35 Chapter 3:Worldwide Patenting Activity 40 Patent filings 43 First filings 45 Patent applications 46 Demand for National patent rights 48 Granted patents 50 Inter-bloc activity 52 Patent families 54 Chapter 4:Patent activity at the IP5 Offices 60 Patent applications filed 61 Origin 61 Sectors and fields of technology 63 Granted patents 65 Origin 65 Sectors and fields of technology 67 Maintenance 70 Patent examination procedures 72 Procedure flow chart 72 Statistics on the procedures 73 Chapter 5:The IP5 Offices and the Patent Cooperation Treaty(PCT)77 PCT as filing route 78 PCT grants 81 Patent families and PCT 82 PCT authorities 84 Chapter 6:Other work 86 Annex 1:Definitions for IP5 Offices expenditures 88 Annex 2:Definitions of terms and statistics on procedures 94 Annex 3:Acronyms 105 IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Table of Contents Navigation v Tables Table 2.1 EPO Production information 13 Table 2.2 JPO Production information 22 Table 2.3 KIPO Production information 27 Table 2.4 CNIPA Production information 33 Table 2.5 USPTO Production information 38 Table 3 Numbers of patent families 54 Table 4.1 Applications filed-origin 61 Table 4.2 Granted patents-origin 65 Table 4.3 Statistics on procedures 74 Table 6 Statistics on other work 86 IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Table of Contents Navigation vi Graphs Fig.2.1 Patents in force 5 Fig.2.2 Patent in force-jurisdiction&Origin 6 Fig.2.3 IP5 cross filing by bloc of origin 7 Fig.2.4 IP5 Cross filings Offices involved 8 Fig.2.5 IP5 Cross filings most frequent offices combinations 8 Fig.2.6 EPC member,extension and validation states 9 Fig.2.7 EPO expenses 17 Fig.2.8 JPO expenditures 23 Fig.2.9 KIPO expenditures 28 Fig.2.10 CNIPA expenditures 34 Fig.2.11 USPTO expenditures 39 Fig.3.1 Worldwide patent filings-filing procedures 43 Fig.3.2 Worldwide patent filings-origin 44 Fig.3.3 Worldwide patent filings-percentage filed at home 44 Fig.3.4 Worldwide patent first filings-origin 45 Fig.3.5 Worldwide patent applications-filing procedures 46 Fig.3.6 Worldwide patent applications-origin 47 Fig.3.7 Worldwide patent applications-filing bloc 47 Fig.3.8 Worldwide demand for patent rights-procedures 48 Fig.3.9 Worldwide demand for patent rights-origin 49 Fig.3.10 Worldwide demand for patent rights-filing bloc 49 Fig.3.11 Worldwide granted patents-origin 50 Fig.3.12 Worldwide granted patents-filing bloc 50 Fig.3.13 National patent rights granted-filing bloc 51 Fig.3.14 Interbloc activity applications 52 Fig.3.15 Interbloc activity-first filings filed abroad 55 Fig.3.16 Patent families percentage of first filings with subsequent filings in other IP5 Blocs 57 Fig.3.17 IP5 patent families-origin 59 Fig.4.1 Applications filed-domestic and foreign origin 61 Fig.4.2 Applications filed-origin distribution 62 Fig.4.3 Applications filed-sector of technology 63 Fig.4.4 Distribution of applications filed by field of technology 64 Fig.4.5 Granted patents-domestic and foreign origin 65 Fig.4.6 Granted patents-origin distribution 66 Fig.4.7 Granted patents-sector of technology 67 Fig.4.8 Distribution of granted patents by field of technology 68 Fig.4.9 Granted patents-patentees distribution 69 Fig.4.10 Granted patents-maintenance from filing date 71 Fig.4.11 Patent examination procedures 72 Fig.4.12 Offices process to first and final actions 76 Fig.5.1 Proportions of applications filed via the PCT-origin 78 Fig.5.2 Proportions of PCT entering national/regional phase 79 Fig.5.3 Proportions of PCT applications in the grant procedure 80 Fig.5.4 Proportions of PCT among granted patents 81 Fig.5.5 Proportions of PCT-patent families 82 Fig.5.6 Proportions of PCT in IP5 patent families-origin 83 Fig.5.7 PCT activity-receiving offices 84 Fig.5.8 PCT activity-international searching authorities 85 Fig.5.9 PCT activity-international preliminary examining authorities 85IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 1-Introduction Navigation 1 Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION IP refers to a variety of mechanisms that have been established for protecting“creations of the mind”2,including:Patents for invention Utility models Trade secrets Industrial designs Trademarks Geographic indications to protect industrial innovations,and Copyrights for literary and artistic creations.This report focuses on industrial property rights and almost exclusively on patents for inventions3.It is notable that the patenting activity for inventions is recognized throughout the world as a useful indicator of innovative activity.In order to obtain protection for their innovations,applicants for patents for invention may use the following types of granting procedures,or combinations of them:National procedures Regional procedures(for example,those created by the African,Eurasian,European and Gulf regional organizations)The PCT procedure Each country and region maintains its own patent procedures in order to encourage innovative activities and to optimize the regional benefits of innovation.Enhanced international cooperation led to the establishment of different regional and international granting procedures.However,the patent laws vary from country to country.Similarly,the scope of an individual patent application can also differ depending on the applicable jurisdiction.These factors limit the degree to which patenting activity in different countries and regions can be compared directly.The patent systems at the IP5 Offices are all based on the first-to-file principle and follow the Paris Convention.To a large extent,this drives the usage of the patent systems worldwide.A first patent application is usually filed with the domestic national authority in charge of granting the right to protect the invention,followed within a one year priority period by subsequent applications to expand protection to other countries.Separate references are made to direct applications filed under national and regional procedures and PCT international phase applications,in order to distinguish the two 2 See also,World Intellectual Property Organization,“What is Intellectual Property?”www.wipo.int/about-ip/en/and World Intellectual Property Indicators,www.wipo.int/publications/3 Patents for invention are called utility patents in the case of the USPTO which are different from utility model patents as explained in Chapter 6.IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 1-Introduction Navigation 2 subsets of applications handled by the patent offices.While applications filed under national procedures are handled by national authorities,regional applications are subject to a centralized procedure and usually fall under national(post grant)regulations only after grant.PCT applications are handled at first by the appointed offices during the international phase.Up to about 30 months after the first filing,the PCT applications enter the national/regional phase to be treated as national or regional applications according to the regulations of each designated office.In this report,patenting activities are presented for the following six geographical blocs:The European Patent Convention(EPC)contracting states(EPC states in this report)corresponding to the territory of the states party to the EPC at the end of reporting year:Japan(Japan in this report);Republic of Korea(R.Korea in this report);Peoples Republic of China(P.R.China in this report);United States of America(U.S.in this report);The rest of the world(Others in this report).The first five of these blocs are called the“IP5 Blocs.”Throughout the report,the blocs are referred to as blocs of origin on the basis of the residence of the applicant or as filing blocs on the basis of the place where the patents are sought.The contents of each chapter in this report are briefly described below.With the exception of some items presented in Chapter 6,the statistics relate to patents for invention.Please refer to Annex 2 for explanations of the statistical and procedural terms that are used.Together with this report,there is an annex including a glossary of patent-related terms and a statistical table file that includes extended time series and graphs of most of the data found in this report4.Chapter 2-The IP5 Offices A summary of the recent developments in each of the IP5 Offices is presented in Chapter 2.The terminologies for the budget items that appear are provided in Annex 1.Chapter 3-Worldwide Patenting Activity An assessment of worldwide patent activity is presented in Chapter 3.This covers not only patenting activity at the IP5 Offices,but in the rest of the world as well.The numbers of applications filed are presented in separate sections that use different definitions for counting.This provides a description of worldwide bloc-wise patenting activity for filings,first filings,applications,demands for national patent rights,grants and national patent rights granted.Next,a description of inter-bloc activity is presented,firstly in terms of the flows of applications between the IP5 Blocs,and then in terms of patent families5.4 www.fiveipoffices.org/statistics 5 For a further discussion of patent families,see Chapter 3 and the term definitions in Annex 2.IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 1-Introduction Navigation 3 The statistics are mainly derived from the WIPO Statistics Database6,that includes data from each country and region.Chapter 4 Patent Activity at the IP5 Offices The substantive activities of the IP5 Offices are presented in Chapter 4.This gives statistics on patent application filings and grants at the offices,as well as some comparative data on operations.The statistics are derived from IP5 Offices internal databases.Firstly,statistics are given for requests for patents with the IP5 Offices,including domestic and foreign filing breakdowns.Then,statistics are provided displaying the breakdown of applications by sectors and fields of technology according to the International Patent Classification(IPC)7.Then,the numbers of grant actions by the IP5 Offices are provided,broken down by the blocs of origin of the grants.The distributions of the numbers of grants per applicant are also included.To illustrate the similarities as well as the differences in the granting procedures at the IP5 Offices,characteristics and statistics of the five patent granting procedures are given in the last part of the chapter.Chapter 5 The IP5 Offices and the Patent Cooperation Treaty(PCT)In Chapter 5,the influence of the PCT on patenting activities is displayed through worldwide activities broken down by geographical blocs and IP5 Offices,particularly in terms of proportions of patent filings that use the PCT,proportions of PCTs from the international phase that subsequently enter the national/regional phase,the share of PCTs among applications,the share of PCTs among grants and the proportions of PCT usage within patent families.As with Chapter 3,statistics are derived primarily from the WIPO Statistics Database,that includes data collected from each country and region.Statistics are also included to describe the PCT related activities of the IP5 Offices including activities as Receiving Office(RO),International Searching Authority(ISA)and International Preliminary Examining Authority(IPEA).Chapter 6 Other Work This chapter is dedicated to some other patenting activities that are not common to all of the IP5 Offices,as well as to work related to other types of industrial property rights.This supplements the information that is provided in the rest of the report.6 The data refer to general patent data as of April,of the year following the reporting period,and to PCT international phase application data as of May of the year following the reporting period,www.wipo.int/ipstats/en/index.html 7 www.wipo.int/classifications/ipc/en/IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 1-Introduction Navigation 4 Annex 1 Definitions for IP5 Offices expenditures This explains some terms that appear in Chapter 2.Annex 2 Definitions of terms and statistics on procedures This gives more detailed information on the statistics that appear in the report,particularly for Table 4.3 in Chapter 4.Annex 3 Acronyms This writes acronyms in full and in each case refers to the page of first occurrence of the acronym.IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 5 Chapter 2 THE IP5 OFFICES This chapter details developments at each of the IP5 offices8.International trade and markets continue to be of great importance,such that innovators want their intellectual creations to be protected concurrently in multiple major markets.PATENTS IN FORCE Patents are used to protect inventions and their counts are recognized as a measure of innovative activity.Figure 2.1 shows the number of patents in force worldwide at the end of 2022.The data are based on worldwide patent information available from the WIPO Statistics Database9.At the end of 2022,91 percent of the 17.2 million patents that were in force were valid in one of the IP5 Offices jurisdictions.This demonstrates the prominent role that is played by the IP5 Offices.8 The statistical tables file found in the web version of this report includes extended time series for some of the data included in this chapter.www.fiveipoffices.org/statistics/statisticsreports 9 www.wipo.int/ipstats/en/index.html Data for patents in force for 2022 are missing for some countries in the WIPO data.Where available,the most recent previous years data were substituted for missing 2022 data.Data for 2023 are not yet available from WIPO.EPC states4,831,32128%Japan2,029,22312%R.Korea1,214,1467%P.R.China4,212,18825%U.S.3,343,15919%Others1,596,8529%Fig.2.1:PATENTS IN FORCE END OF 2022IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 6 Figure 2.2 shows the residence of the holders of the patents in force at the end of 2022 in the regions of the IP5 Offices.At the end of 2022,out of the 17.2 million patents in force,28 percent were valid in the EPC states,25 percent in P.R.China,19 percent in the U.S.,12 percent in Japan,and 7 percent in R.Korea.In 2022,while 81 percent of the patents valid in Japan originated in Japan10,47 percent of the U.S.patents had a U.S.origin.For EPC States,the corresponding shares was 56 percent,it was 80 percent for P.R.China,and 77 percent for R.Korea.10 Patent origin is based on the patents first-named inventor or applicant.8%2%2%10!%7%6%5G)%3%2%1%4%4%3%2w%2%6%2%9%9%7V%6%6%5&%4,831,3212,029,2231,214,1464,212,1883,343,1591,596,852EPC StatesJapanR.KoreaP.R.ChinaU.S.OthersEPC StatesJapanR.KoreaP.R.ChinaU.S.OthersFig.2.2:PATENTS IN FORCE END OF 2022-JURISDICTION&ORIGINIP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 7 IP5 CROSS FILINGS As shown below,more and more first filings from the IP5 Offices result in subsequent patent applications to at least one other IP5 Office,accounting for over 500,000 applications including the resulting duplicates for the same inventions.To address the issue of the potentially resulting backlogs,the IP5 Offices are working together to try to reduce the amount of duplication of similar work that takes place between offices for such patent applications.Figure 2.3 shows the development of the number of cross filings between the IP5 Offices filed over the period 2017 to 2021 according to the bloc of the corresponding first filing.Figure 2.3 is based on published applications data allowing to track subsequent applications in other jurisdictions.As a consequence,data beyond 2021 are not yet complete.The number of cross filings among the IP5 Offices increased less than 1 percent in 2021(1 percent in 2020).Cross filings originating from P.R.China,R.Korea and the U.S.increased 8 percent,4 percent and 2 percent,respectively,in 2021.At the same time,cross filings originating from the EPC States and Japan decreased by 3 percent,6 percent respectively.3%3%3%3%321112(&$#(4,112298,213316,469319,934320,74720172018201920202021Fig.2.3:IP5 CROSS FILINGS BY BLOC OF ORIGINEPC statesJapanR.KoreaP.R.ChinaU.S.othersIP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 8 Cross filings may be applications filed at 2(Bilateral),3(Trilateral),4(Quadrilateral)or all 5 IP5 Offices(IP5).Fig 2.4 below shows the distribution of the cross filings according to the number of IP5 Offices involved.In 2021,the share of bilateral filings increased and the share of IP5 cross filings decreased,while those of quadrilateral and trilateral stayed about the same.Figure 2.5 shows the distribution of the cross filings among the most frequent combinations.In 2021,12 of the 26 combinations accounted for 86 percent of all cross filings.The leading four combinations,P.R.China-US(CN-US 14 percent),Japan-US(JP-US 13 percent),EPO-U.S.(EP-US 11 percent)and EPC States-P.R.China-US(EP-CN-US 10 percent),accounted for 48 percent of all cross filings in 2021(48 percent in 2020).50PQPR%&%9%9 172018201920202021Fig.2.4:IP5 CROSS FILINGS-OFFICES INVOLVEDIP5QuadrilateralTrilateralBilateral14%9%7%5%5%3%3%3%2,00010,00015,00020,00025,00030,00035,00040,00045,00050,000CN-USJP-USEP-USCN-EP-USIP5CN-EP-JP-USKR-USCN-JP-USCN-JPCN-EPCN-KR-USCN-EP-KR-USothersFig.2.5:CROSS FILINGS 2021-MOST FREQUENT OFFICES COMBINATIONSIP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 9 EUROPEAN PATENT OFFICE The EPOs mission is to deliver high-quality patents and efficient services that foster innovation,competitiveness and economic growth.Its main task is to grant European patents according to the EPC.Under the PCT,the EPO also acts as an RO,as well as a searching and examining authority.A further task is to perform,on behalf of the patent offices of several member states(in 2023:Albania,Austria,Belgium,Croatia,Cyprus,France,Greece,Italy,Latvia,Lithuania,Luxembourg,Malta,Monaco,the Netherlands,San Marino,Slovenia and the United Kingdom),state-of-the-art searches for the purpose of national procedures.The EPO also plays a major role in the patent information area,by developing analytics tools and hosting the worlds largest databases of patent literature.Member states The EPO is the central patent granting authority for Europe,providing patent protection in up to 45 countries based on a single patent application and a centralised grant procedure(see Figure 2.6).At the end of 2023,the 39 members of the EPO were:Albania Austria Belgium Bulgaria Croatia Cyprus Czech Republic Denmark Estonia Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italy Latvia Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Malta North Macedonia Monaco Montenegro Netherlands Norway Poland Portugal Romania San Marino Serbia Slovakia Slovenia Spain Sweden Switzerland Trkiye United Kingdom Fig.2.6:EPC MEMBER,EXTENSION AND VALIDATION STATES Status January 2024 IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 10 The national patent offices of all the above states also grant patents.After it has been granted by the EPO,a European patent becomes a bundle of national patents to be validated in the states that were designated at grant.The 45 countries for which European patents provide protection represent a population of over 700 million people.Highlights of 2023 (A comprehensive review is available with the EPO Annual Review 2023)2023 was an historic year for the EPO.As we celebrated the successes of the past,we also looked forward to an exciting future for invention and patent protection in Europe.The achievements of this year built on our talent,dedication to quality and a commitment to sustainability will shape the Office for many years to come.During 2023,we marked the 50th anniversary of the European Patent Convention(EPC)and witnessed the long-anticipated launch of the Unitary Patent and Unified Patent Court(UPC).We introduced the Observatory on Patents and Technology and launched a new EPO website.Moreover,as we neared the end of the Strategic Plan 2023(SP2023),we began the transition to the next strategic plan:SP2028.Its strategic priorities are an evolution of those which defined SP2023,all working towards the overarching goal of sustainability.This will be underpinned by five drivers:people,technologies,quality products and services,partnerships,and financial sustainability.Demand for patents grew markedly further in 2023.The EPO received about 199,275 European patent applications last year,which was 2.9 percent above the 2022 figure.Mean search timeliness was 5 months(standard cases)and 92.3 percent of the searches(standard cases)were timely delivered.The mean time for issuing the intention to grant was 24.9 months from the valid examination request(standard cases),while 77.2 percent of intentions to grant were issued within 36 months(standard cases).The overall time to grant for first filings(standard cases)was 44.1 months on average,from filing to the intention to grant.Our aim remains to modernise and simplify our IT systems.In 2023,the EPO finalised SP2023 deliveries and intensified our business change efforts in preparation for the decommissioning of several legacy tools.At the same time,we reflected on our digital transformation journey and identified lessons for the future.By the end of 2023,we had successfully digitalised 99.5 percent of patent grant actions.New features(such as AI suggestions for file allocation and redistribution)were implemented,including an extension to the opposition procedure.The implementation of AI support has reduced the need for manual support in re-routing files by 75 percent,resulting in improved quality and timeliness.For the remaining cases that still require manual intervention,files are re-routed and the tool is continuously refined to increase its accuracy.An essential part of our efforts to improve quality and efficiency is our ability to master the wealth of prior art published in many languages.We have extended our in-house machine translation service to new language pairs,providing examiners with access to 99 percent of high-quality translated patent data in our databases.The number of combinations of two languages used in the translation process(so-called language pairs)available to EPO examiners increased from 32 in 2019 to 56 in 2023.Digital transformation is a journey that begins and ends with our users.With this in mind,we have focused on enhancing the ways in which we interact with our users IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 11 throughout their customer journey.As a fundamental part of our approach to developing our external tools,we work closely with our users to test major new features of MyEPO Portfolio during the pilot phase.In 2023,we successfully completed two pilot trials and released new features to all users.Among the most notable new functionalities is the Shared Area which supports a more collaborative and non-sequential examination process,by allowing the examining division and the applicant to work together in real time and at an early stage in the examination process.This early alignment and common understanding between the division and the applicant will ultimately lead to better quality.The adoption of MyEPO Portfolio by our users is rapidly increasing,and many are now benefiting from the convenience of accessing their digital communications through the user-friendly EPO Mailbox.In March,we reached a new milestone with the partial discontinuation of fax usage.While we will continue to accept incoming faxes from users until mid-2024,we no longer send them as part of the patent granting process.By phasing out obsolete communication channels we are continuing to modernise access to our services,simplifying user communication and supporting a fully digital and paperless PGP.In 2023,we launched our new external website,featuring an improved search experience,informative sections for inventors and SMEs,a Transparency Portal,and a New to patents page,which explains the fundamentals of intellectual property protection to non-patent experts.The new EPO website has been optimised for all devices and designed to meet the evolving needs of our users in the digital age.In line with ambitions outlined in SP2023,we continued moving towards cloud and cloudnative technologies and away from legacy technologies to simplify and modernise our IT landscape.As part of this transformation,our revamped external website epo.org and New Espacenet,which provides access to the worlds largest free collection of patent documents,have been successfully migrated to the cloud,ensuring better performance and availability.We also continued our efforts to improve the availability and stability of our IT systems,recognising the direct impact any failure can have on our activities and our ability to provide high-quality services to users.At the end of the year,we reached our target of 98 percent availability of our IT systems(internal and external).The EPO completed a long-term project to deliver comprehensive disaster recovery capability,allowing us to switch operations from our primary data centre in Luxembourg to our backup data centre in Munich.Our EPO Cloud Policy was updated to incorporate the latest technical,legal,contractual and sustainability requirements,reflecting our experience in using cloud services.As part of the digital transformation,we are increasingly using cost-effective,high-performing and secure cloud services to support our goals.The EPO has the worlds most extensive prior art collection.With an increase from 146 million to 153 million patent publications between 2022 and 2023,the collection now comprises 86 million patent families.This includes 60 million patent families containing 76 million publications of Asian origin(from P.R.China,Japan and R.Korea).An accurate classification of this massive volume of prior art is essential to provide high-quality searches.AI plays an essential role to help us manage these very large numbers:the EPO enhances the Cooperative Patent Classification(CPC)symbols provided by other Offices for their publications with our internal AI classification systems.The high accuracy of the latter ensures that classification quality is according to our internal standards including consistency,while saving resources.The completeness of the EPOs search reports also relies on access to non-patent literature,such as articles in scientific journals.The volume of non-patent literature varies by technology and is a fundamental pillar of search quality:for example,in 2023,IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 12 non-patent literature made the highest contribution to total citations in the area of pure and applied organic chemistry.This is why the EPO has continued to expand our non-patent literature database:it now comprises more than 126 million groups,compared to 95 million in 2019.To secure long-term sustainability,the EPO has made significant strides in enhancing environmental sustainability.Overall paper consumption was reduced by 88 percent during SP2023,driven mainly by the impact of digitalisation and the adapted working environment in the New Ways of Working.At the end of 2023 daily paper consumption per person was 12 sheets compared to a target of 15.Our commitment to reducing our environmental footprint is also shown by the efforts in reducing energy consumption.The introduction of emergency measures to save energy,the implementation of planned improvements in the buildings and the reduced occupancy rates contributed to lowering the energy consumption by 24.4 percent at the end of 2023 compared to the end of 2021.Despite a slight increase in carbon emissions in 2023,which was due to cooling agent losses caused by ageing infrastructures,the carbon emissions KPI indicates an overall reduction of over 41 percent in CO2 equivalent emissions since 2020.Unitary Patent The Unitary Patent(UP)entered into force on June 1,2023,and the Unified Patent Court(UPC)opened on the same date.A patent with unitary effect may be requested for any European patent(EP)granted since this date.This makes the procedure simpler and provides a cost-effective option for securing wider patent protection.By the end of 2023,the Office had received over 17,000 requests for unitary effect of a European patent.In the period from June to December,over 22 percent of European applications turned into a Unitary Patent,greatly exceeding the expected uptake rate of 17 percent.To ensure full transparency on the performance of the new system,the EPO launched the Unitary Patent Dashboard,which contains detailed information by technology field and geographic origin as well as a list of the top 25 adopters,most of them European.In fact,approximately around two-thirds of Unitary Patents are owned by users from Europe,including from EPC contracting states which are not part of the Unitary Patent system.And 34 percent of those European users are SMEs or individual inventors a much higher proportion than for European patent applications.For more details,readers are referred to the area of the EPO website dedicated to Unitary Patent&Unified Patent Court EPO Production information Activities associated with searches,examinations,oppositions,appeals and classifications are all performed by EPO staff.The EPO does not outsource any of its core activities.The decision to grant or refuse a patent is taken by a division of three examiners.In Table 2.1,production figures for filings,applications,searches,examinations,oppositions and appeals in the European procedure are given for the years 2022 and 2023.IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 13 Table 2.1:EPO PRODUCTION INFORMATION EPO PRODUCTION FIGURES 2022 2023 Change%Change Patent applications (Euro-direct&Euro-PCT regional phase)193,627 199,275 5,648 2.9%Searches carried out European (including PCT supplementary)132,384 118,458-13,926-10.5%PCT international 86,036 87,715 1,679 1.9%On behalf of national offices 29,128 27,161-1,967-6.8%Total production search 247,548 233,334-14,214-5.7%Examination-Opposition (final actions)European 106,277 137,532 31,225 29.4%PCT Chapter II 5,359 5,016-343-6.4%Oppositions 3,775 2,889-886-23.5%Total final actions examination-opposition 115,361 145,437 30,026 26.0%European granted patents 81,754 104,609 22,855 28.0%Patent knowledge/Patent intelligence The EPOs Patent Index 2023 provides a comprehensive overview of the figures representing recent activity in the global patent system and insights into emerging technology trends.Users wishing to explore the statistics behind the Patent Index,customise their own graphs and download selected data,can do so by visiting the EPOs online Statistics&Trends Centre.Aiming to provide high-quality training and education on intellectual property to EPOrg countries and beyond,the European Patent Academy offers training in three main areas:patent granting,technology transfer,and patent litigation.Relying on the pillars of digitalisation,modularity,co-operation and certification,most training is done online and free of charge,thus fostering accessibility to education and the democratisation of knowledge on patents.2023 marked the introduction of the MIPEF designed to be integrated into university curricula.The learning offer in the area of EQE and EPAC certifications and exams was consolidated,with courses to support candidates to these exams.The Academy also supported the deployment of the Unitary Patent with new training offer,including the new Litigation Matters conference,and strong partnerships with the main players in the field,including the UPC,IJA,EPLAW and EPLIT.Last but not least,in 2023 the EPO launched several initiatives aimed at fostering the values of innovation and entrepreneurship among younger audiences,combining learning modules and science fairs.In 2023,the live online training activities offered by the Academy reached 26,480 participants.This is a 20 percent increase compared to 2022,surpassing the previous IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 14 record for the third year in a row.Efforts in international co-operation,especially with validation states and reinforced partnership countries,have resulted in a growth of new users among non-member states,confirming a growing global interest in the European patent system and,more broadly,in the EPO learning offer.As of January 2024,the PATLIB network includes 320 information centres in 37 countries offering advice and services on IP,patent information and technology transfer to local industries,SMEs,researchers and individual innovators.The EPO supports the PATLIB centres by providing training,funding,certification and networking events such as the PATLIB annual conference.By the end of 2023,26 African countries and 64 universities had joined the Knowledge Transfer to Africa(KT2A)programme,which aims to strengthen technology transfer capacity in the continent by promoting co-operation between the PATLIB network and African universities.Central to the patent knowledge strategy are simplifying and digitalising our portfolio,democratising access to our data and maximising our impact.The EPO patent collection accessible through Espacenet continued its upward trend,reaching over 150 million patent documents and 445 million legal events in 2023.The EPO published a series of patent insight reports on state-of-the-art technological fields such as quantum computing,quantum simulation,mRNA technologies and offshore wind energy in 2023.All the patent insight reports have garnered over 24,000 downloads,underscoring the high demand for and relevance of our insights.In addition,specialised Espacenet-based platforms dedicated to specific technologies have been launched,including firefighting technologies and an extension of the clean energy technologies platform,with a particular focus on carbon capture and storage technologies.These platforms attracted over 14,000 page views,reflecting a growing interest in sustainable and life-saving technologies.In its commitment to sustainable patent intelligence,the EPO ceased the distribution and sale of all physical books and papers,a significant pivot given we had sold over 5.3 million books since 2002.Moreover,the yearly service fee to the data platform has been removed,lowering the barrier to entry and facilitating broader access to valuable data.The Patent Knowledge Week event set a record with nearly 5,000 online viewers from 92 countries,highlighting advancements in AI,the Unitary Patent and data analytics.International and European Cooperation The EPO is committed to strengthening our network of partners supporting the European patent system.SP2023 brought a notable expansion in geographical outreach,reflecting both the broader geographical coverage of the European patent system and the increased utilisation of EPO work products(search and examination)by non-member states.Since June 2019,the number of reinforced partnerships has grown from two to 13 and the population coverage from 0.87 billion to 2.16 billion,resulting in an increase in the size of the market for European patents by almost 150 percent.Since its inception,the EPO has been steadfast in its commitment to serving users of the European patent system.The EPO is a central pillar in fostering innovation and protecting intellectual property within Europe,holding the unique authority to grant patents valid across 39 member states,one extension state and,as of January 15,2024,five validation states.This mission has been significantly bolstered by collaboration within the European Patent Network(EPN),which has played a pivotal role in achieving milestones,especially in the transformative year of 2023.IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 15 Central to the EPOs mission is its collaboration with its member states and extension state to enhance patent products and services.The Office has concluded 39 bilateral co-operation agreements,which provide a solid foundation for collaboration.These agreements were extended until June 2024 to ensure a smooth transition between strategic plans.New agreements aligning with the objectives of SP2028 will be drafted in collaboration with the member states,enhancing the combined effect of joint activities and initiatives.Under the work sharing pillar of the EPOs co-operation policy,2023 saw the working agreement on search co-operation with Austria come into force and the signature of a new agreement with Slovenia taking to 17 the number of contracting states participating in this programme.Collective initiatives aimed at promoting the Unitary Patent system included supporting nine IP outreach events carried out in co-operation with contracting states and translating promotional materials into national languages.Beyond Europe,the EPO pursued an extensive co-operation agenda in 2023,aiming to extend the reach and effectiveness of the European patent system for its users.Validation agreements were a significant focus throughout the year.Preparatory work concluded for the entry into force of the agreement with Georgia while the groundwork was laid for agreements with several countries,including Costa Rica,the Lao PDR and Ethiopia.These agreements aim to enhance accessibility to the global patent system and support innovation in those regions.Reinforced partnerships were also forged with Chile and Ukraine,alongside a work plan with the Saudi IP Office as part of an ongoing Reinforced Partnership initiative,fostering collaboration and knowledge exchange.Technical co-operation initiatives,such as bilateral agreements with the USPTO and IP Australia,and renewed in-person examiner exchanges with the JPO,aimed to enhance access to patent information and improve patent quality.The EPO participated in multilateral co-operation efforts within the IP5 group,focusing on addressing global challenges such as climate change through sustainable innovation,and harnessing the latest technologies to enhance co-operation,including through the blockchain-based IP5 Global Assignment project.The 2023 Trilateral Conference,hosted by the EPO,aimed to devise collaborative strategies to fulfil the UN SDG 4:Ensure inclusive and equitable quality of education.Discussions in this session emphasised the importance of education to inform and nurture intellectual property among young people.March 2023 marked the 10th anniversary of the CPC,with events involving both participating offices and industry associations.A noteworthy development was the launch of an AI powered classification predictor tool.Under the PCT,the EPO collaborated with WIPO to improve international patent systems and support users.Efforts include enhancing patent filing tools such as ePCT integration into the Front Office platform,streamlining application processes for member states.Additionally,amendments proposed by the PCT Minimum Documentation Task Force,led by the EPO and USPTO,were adopted,aiming to enhance the legal framework for PCT documentation by 2026.Societal impact The EPO aims to have a positive impact on society through all its high-quality activities,products and services.Every day,by tackling global challenges,innovators contribute to a safer,smarter,more sustainable world.The EPO works with inventors,investors,policymakers,scientists and other stakeholders to share patent knowledge worldwide,making it easier for innovators everywhere to develop solutions to these global challenges.IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 16 The launch of the Observatory on Patents and Technology on October 6,2023 has provided a platform for anyone interested in the future of innovation.The Observatory quantifies and explores trends and challenges throughout the innovation ecosystem,offering reliable evidence for informed decision-making by industry,innovators,investors,policymakers and many other stakeholders.Serving as a globally accessible digital platform,which facilitates transparent and open discussions on innovation,it provides valuable insights into technology trends that will shape the lives of current and future generations.From the launch of new digital tools and continuous analysis of the latest technology trends to in-depth studies and online seminars,all activities of the Observatory contribute to the UN SDGs.The activities of the Observatory are structured around three streams.The first stream,Technology intelligence,comprises activities mapping the latest technology trends and innovative solutions.The second stream,Legal and innovation policy,uses economic tools to analyse patent law and patent intelligence,and addresses current hot topics in the patenting landscape.The third stream,Diversity and transformation,aims to open up the patent world for non-specialists,as well as to achieve greater inclusion of underrepresented actors in the innovation ecosystem.Economic studies To demonstrate the value of patent information and the importance of IP rights,the EPOs Chief Economist Unit published several studies in 2023,exploring the economic impact of patents and the role of women inventors.The first study published in 2023 is a joint study with the International Energy Association(IEA),uses global patent data to provide a comprehensive,up-to-date analysis of innovation in hydrogen technologies.It is the first study of its kind and covers the full range of technologies,from hydrogen supply to storage,distribution and transformation,as well as end-use applications.It shows that innovation in hydrogen is shifting towards low-emission solutions,with Europe and Japan in the lead.The second study published by the EPO in 2023 offers a timely update on the ever-evolving innovation trends in additive manufacturing technologies.It provides a comprehensive picture of recent developments and of the key players shaping this transformative field.Patent data shows disruptive additive manufacturing technology is impacting many sectors,especially health,medical and transportation.The third study,which is a joint publication with the European Union Intellectual Property Office(EUIPO),focuses on how innovative startups obtain financing to develop their ideas into new products for the marketplace.It provides evidence that startups increasingly make use of IP rights,and that the filing of patent and trade mark applications in the seed or early growth stage is associated with a higher likelihood of subsequent venture capital funding.It also analyses how IP rights can help the providers of initial financing to exit successfully by selling to another company or going public with a stock market flotation.All of these studies can be consulted online on the EPO website.IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 17 EPO budget The EPO is a self-financed organisation with a yearly budget of about EUR 2.7B for 2023.Revenues are mainly generated from patent and procedural fees comprising fees for patent-granting,opposition and appeal procedures fees for searches and preliminary examinations on international applications national renewal fees for granted European patents11 fees for searches for national offices and third parties The EPO foresees biannual inflation-based fee adjustment.The EPO is financing all operational and capital expenditures without subsidies from its member states.A large part of the budget is foreseen for direct staff expenditures(salaries,allowances,etc.),the running cost of the EPOs own social security schemes,IT and building cost as well as for cooperation with member states.Any budget surplus is transferred to the one of the EPOs investment entities to support long-term sustainability.The EPOs budget is available in full on our website.Figure 2.7 shows EPO expenses12,based on the International Finance Reporting Standards(IFRS)per product in 2023.A description of the items in Figure 2.7 can be found in Annex 1.11 After a European patent has been granted,renewal fees for subsequent years during its term are payable to the designated Contracting States.Each Contracting State pays to the EPO,for each European patent maintained in that state,a proportion of its national renewal fee fixed by the Administrative Council(50 percent since 1984).12 The EPO uses the word“expenses”in accordance with the IFRS reporting approach.A:3%B:51%C:32%D:4%E:5%F:2%G:3%H:1%A:Filing:52B:Search:989C:Examination:616D:Opposition:69E:Appeal:104F:Patent information:48G:Technical cooperation:49H:European patent academy:11Fig.2.7:EPO EXPENSES PER PRODUCT 2023(Million Euro)IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 18 EPO Staff At the end of 2023,the EPOs staff totalled 6,275 employees(-0.4 percent)from 35 different European countries13,35 percent of the employees and 28 percent of the managers were women.Total staff includes 3,987 examiners working in search,examination and opposition and 180 Boards of Appeal members.In 2023,211 staff were recruited externally,of which 96 examiners.After their recruitment,all new examiners complete a three-year training program and are tutored by more experienced colleagues.All staff at the EPO work in its three official languages:English,German,and French.More information Further information can be found on the EPOs Homepage.www.epo.org 13 For more details,see the 2023 EPO social report IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 19 JAPAN PATENT OFFICE Highlights of 2023 1)Examination Performance The JPO has been aiming to achieve the“worlds fastest and utmost quality patent examinations”.To this end,the JPO has been implementing various measures focused on“maintaining speed”,“granting high quality rights”,and“cooperating and collaborating with foreign IP offices”.The acceleration of the IP creation cycle,comprised of IP creation,establishment of rights,and utilization of rights,requires shortening total pendency.Accordingly,the JPO has been engaging in initiatives to speed up examinations.In 2023,First Action Pendency14 and Total Pendency for Patent Examinations15 were 9.5 months and 14.0 months on average.2)Accelerated Examination System16 Under certain conditions,the JPO offers accelerated examinations and super-accelerated examinations that,upon the request of an applicant,expedite the commencement of an examination.The accelerated examination system for patent applications may be applied for applications that are also filed in one or more other countries and applications by small and medium-sized enterprises,etc.In 2023,first action pendency from request for accelerated examination was 2.2 months on average.The JPO is running pilot programs for a super-accelerated examination system for applications of higher importance including the applications for inventions that have already been put into practice and are filed in one or more other countries.First action is issued within one month from the request,in principle(within two months,in principle,in the case of DO(Designated Office)applications).In 2023,there were 1,224 requests,and first action pendency from request for super-accelerated examination was 0.8 months on average(1.3 months for DO applications).3)Deliberation on Revising the Examination Handbook Advances in AI-related technologies and a rising number of applications have left room for expounding on the case examples of AI-related technologies,such as adding categories that were not covered by existing case examples.In addition,the Intellectual Property Strategic Program 2023 sets forth the following short-term goal:“Enhance and disclose a wider range of AI-related invention examination case examples in light of the increasing potential for the broader utilization of AI in the creative process across various fields”.To this end,on March 13,2024,the JPO has added ten more cases pertinent to AI-related technologies in the Examination Handbook.14 The first action pendency is the period from the date of examination request until the JPO sends the first notice of examination results to the applicant,etc.(for the most part,either a notice of patent grant or a notice of reasons for refusal).15 The total pendency(also called the“standard pendency”)is the period from the date of examination request to withdrawal or abandonment or until a final disposition(excluding cases where the JPO requests an applicant to respond to the second notice of reasons for refusal due to the amendments submitted by the applicant,and where the applicant performs procedures they are allowed to use,such as requests to the JPO for extension of the period of response and for an accelerated examination).16 https:/www.jpo.go.jp/e/system/patent/shinsa/jp-soki/index.html IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 20 4)Green Transformation Technologies Inventory(GXTI)Many countries,including Japan,have set ambitious goals to achieve carbon neutrality by 2050 in order to address the issue of climate change.To achieve this goal,it is essential to promote innovation related to climate change technologies,as well as to accelerate green transformation(GX).The patent system can help promote GX by incentivizing inventors and companies with effective patent protection,and by providing access to patent information on matters including trends in climate change technologies.In an effort to support the understanding of trends in patent applications for GX-related technologies and also foster green innovation,the JPO published the GXTI 17 in June 2022,which classifies technologies that are expected to have an effect on greenhouse gas reduction.The GXTI provides the patent search formulae prepared by the JPOs patent examiners,which consist of IPC or a combination of IPCs and keywords,for the purpose of analyzing global patent trends that correspond to individual technological categories.Patent information analysis using the GXTI enables the following:-Companies can illustrate the strengths and weaknesses of their GX-related technologies,and formulate their research and development R&D strategy accordingly-Companies can objectively explain to investors the superiority of their R&D capabilities with respect to GX-related technologies-Governments can foster GX initiatives on an evidence-driven basis The GXTI is utilized as a common measure for patent information analysis in the fields of GX-related technologies.In addition,the JPO conducted a survey in 2022 using the GXTI to analyze patent filing trends based on individual GXTI categories.The final report was published in May 2023,and is available on the JPOs website in both Japanese18 and English19.5)Dissemination of information on the JPOs measures to overseas users The JPO disseminates information to overseas users regarding matters such as the JPOs measures that are available to overseas users and latest statistics.Through such dissemination of information,the JPO supports overseas users in filing applications with the JPO and smoothly obtaining rights in Japan,and it promotes their understanding of the JPOs activities.In 2023,“The JPO Quick Reads“20 was published 45 times,through which the JPO disseminated information focusing on measures available to foreign users,such as the results of patent information analysis based on the GXTI,the JPOs attachs in various countries,the JPOs international cooperation that contributes to global registration of rights,and reports on international meetings.17 https:/www.jpo.go.jp/e/resources/statistics/gxti.html 18 https:/www.jpo.go.jp/resources/statistics/gxti/tokkyo-joho-bunseki_houkokusho-youyaku.pdf 19 https:/www.jpo.go.jp/e/resources/statistics/gxti/report-results_patent-analysis.pdf 20 www.jpo.go.jp/e/news/quickreads/index.html IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 21 The JPO enhanced the content provided on“The JPO Key Features“.21 It contains information on a range of measures related to patent,design,trademark,and trial and appeal.The JPO enhanced the content of materials that introduce the JPOs measures to overseas users and published the materials on its website.22 The JPO website23 published three more successful cases of foreign companies which are conducting business by acquiring patent rights in Japan.Now nine cases are listed(U.S.,Europe,Asia),and the technology fields expanded to include healthcare,AI solution,robotics,and electronics.The JPO raised awareness about the cases at events attended by overseas users.In 2023,the JPO exchanged opinions with 32 foreign companies,aimed at deepening their understanding of Japans IP rights systems and examination practices and grasping what foreign companies demand of the JPO.Companies that wished to exchange opinions with the JPO were invited to apply on its website24.The JPO reached a broad range of overseas users also through its English-language official X(formerly Twitter)account25 and official LinkedIn account26.The JPO provided updates of its measures to overseas users at international symposiums and seminars.21 www.jpo.go.jp/e/news/keyfeatures/index.html 22 www.jpo.go.jp/e/resources/report/sonota-info/presentation-material.html 23 https:/www.jpo.go.jp/e/news/kokusai/successful-cases/index.html 24 https:/www.jpo.go.jp/e/support/general/opinion-exchange.html 25 https:/ https:/ IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 22 JPO Production information Table 2.2 shows production figures for applications,examinations,grants,appeals or trials and PCT activities in the Japanese procedure in 2022 and 2023.Table 2.2:JPO PRODUCTION INFORMATION JPO PRODUCTION FIGURES 2022 2023 Change%Change Applications filed (by Origin of Application)Domestic 218,813 228,936 10,123 4.6%Foreign 70,717 71,197 480 0.7%Total 289,530 300,133 10,603 3.7%Applications filed (by Type of Application)Divisional27 33,528 37,279 3,751 11.2%Converted28 47 46-1-2.1%Regular 255,955 262,808 6,853 2.7%Total 289,530 300,133 10,603 3.7%Examination Requests 233,780 230,184-3,596-1.5%First Actions 242,626 247,155 4,529 1.9%Final Actions 247,378 254,766 7,388 3.0%Grants Domestic 155,117 158,587 3,470 2.2%Foreign 46,303 50,781 4,478 9.7%Total 201,420 209,368 7,948 3.9%Appeals/Trials Demand for Appeal against refusal 19,647 21,047 1,400 7.1mand for Trial for invalidation 97 84-13-13.4%PCT Activities International searches 49,154 47,333-1,821-3.7%International preliminary examinations 1,401 1,412 11 0.8 Divisional application(s)is/are one or more new patent application(s)which is/are filed by dividing a part of the patent application that includes two or more inventions under certain conditions.28 Converted applications include patent applications which are converted from an application for utility model registration or design registration(under Article 46 of Patent Act),and patent applications filed based on a registration of utility model(under Article 46bis).IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 23 JPO budget Figure 2.8 shows JPO expenditures by category in 2023.A description of the items in Figure 2.8 can be found in Annex 1.JPO Staff Composition As of the end of fiscal year(FY)2023,the total number of staff at the JPO was 2,796.Examiners Patent/Utility model 1,663 Design 50 Trademark 175 Appeal examiners 380 General staff 528 Total 2,796 More information Further information can be found on the JPOs Homepage:www.jpo.go.jp/e/A:35%B:27%C:7%D:0%E:23%F:0%G:7%H:0%Fig.2.8:JPO EXPENDITURES 2023(Million Yen)A:General processing work:50,192B:Examinations and appeals/trials:39,803C:Information management:10,110D:Publication of patent gazette:21E:Computerization of patent processingwork:34,103F:Facility improvement:432G:Operating subsidies for INPIT:10,561H:Other:200IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 24 KOREAN INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OFFICE Overview As the Korean governmental agency primarily responsible for overseeing IP rights(IPRs),the KIPO strives to conduct its IP administration in accordance with the national paradigm of creative economy,which seeks to foster innovation and new engines of economic growth to drive Koreas future prosperity.Domestically,KIPO has put as great an emphasis as possible on further developing its examination services,as well as promoting economic sustainability through a virtuous cycle of IP creation,utilization,and protection.On the international front,KIPO strengthened our cooperative ties with foreign IP offices and other international organizations.Premium Examination Services KIPO continually aims to provide high-quality,customer-oriented,and fast examination services by raising the quality of IP administration,improving examination systems,and reducing first office action pendency.In 2023,the average first office action pendency was 16.1 months for patents and utility models,13.1 months for trademarks,and 4.0 months for industrial designs IPR Applications In 2023,we received a preliminary total of 556,600 applications for patents,utility models,industrial designs,and trademarks.Out of that number,85,884 applications were filed by non-residents.PCT Applications The number of PCT applications to KIPO has continually grown every year.We have the 5th largest amount of PCT applications by receiving offices.There were 22,166 PCT applications in total for 2023 which is a 1.1 percent increase from 21,916 applications in 2022.The Korean language is also the 4th most commonly used language as an official PCT publication language.Improving the IP System 1.Improvement of Examiner-Applicant Communication for IP Examination KIPO places great value on enhancing the convenience of its services for IP users.Therefore,in response to the increasing demand for user-friendly services,IT technologies are being utilized to upgrade KIPO customer services,particularly to improve ease of contact and communication between examiners and applicants regarding the examination process.In this regard,KIPO has introduced an“Online Examination Response Reservation System”and improved Chatbot consultation features which will allow high quality correspondence with focus on the convenience of its users.2.Enhancement of the Patent Trial System with AI and IT Technology To equip itself with a trial system suitable for the digital era,KIPO implemented a three-year plan(2023 to 2025)for building a highly advanced and efficient IT system that employs artificial intelligence(AI),automation,and other new digital technologies for the formality examination and trial sectors.In 2023,focus was put on improving public IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 25 services and trial procedures.KIPOs Intellectual Property Trial and Appeal Board(IPTAB)launched a Digital Patent Trial System by incorporating AI and IT technologies to simplify the process of filing patent trials online and introducing AI into patent trial administration.New features have been made available on the respective electronic systems for filing and submitting online forms for trials or appeals.Both petitioners and IPTABs formality examiners will be able to complete their tasks more quickly and efficiently.Promoting the Creation and Use of IP 1.Public Release of Pharmaceutical Experimental Dataset KIPO operates a data platform called the Korea Intellectual Property Rights Information Service Plus(also known as“KIPRISPlus”)which provides information on domestic and international IP rights publications and IP administration of 13 countries.In February 2023,through KIPRISPLUS(plus.kipris.or.kr),KIPO released about 450,000 records of pharmaceutical experimental data to be freely available to the public.The released information includes data related to pharmaceutical experiments as well as reference dataset that allows AI to extract experimental data included in the Patent Gazette.KIPRISPlus also provided 119 types of reference dataset for AI which has been opened for multilingual translation and image search in the format of files or OpenAPI.In particular,the pharmaceutical experimental data is a database of basic information derived from processing and analyzing images of tables included in the Patent Gazette,such as active ingredient names,test methods,and test values.The dataset contains information from image classification by categorizing data from various images,table structures(rows columns)by accurately extracting table data,and experimental data identification by automatically identifying names of ingredients,test values,etc.With the released pharmaceutical experimental data,textual data can be extracted from image-based data on patent documents and research papers which can then be analyzed.Based on this,IP service providers will be able to develop services that extract and utilize experimental data from the Patent Gazette.In turn,related companies and research institutions will be able to use examples and data for their research and development of vaccines,new drugs,etc.2.Establishment of the Patent Statistics Center In January 2023,KIPO launched the“Patent Statistics Center”to specialize in collecting,analyzing,and disseminating IP data and statistics by PhD-level experts who are capable of conducting analysis from economic and industrial perspectives.As a specialized unit established within the Korea Institute of Intellectual Property(KIIP),the Patent Statistics Center aims to provide valuable insight and support for IP stakeholders,including policymakers,researchers,businesses,and innovators.The Center will continuously perform tasks such as analyzing the value and economic impact of IP based on the latest statistics of patents,utility models,trademarks,and designs.Furthermore,the published reports will be utilized to enhance support for national R&D innovation as well as the formulation of economic and industrial security policies and business management strategies.IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 26 For example,statistical analysis of patent big data of key industrial sectors(i.e.,semiconductors)can help assess technology trends and company competitiveness and identify promising R&D projects.Also,statistical analysis of patents and market trends can help early detection of industries with declining or diminishing competitiveness.And lastly,for import products that highly depend on foreign country support,statistical analysis of the import products and patents can help set direction for technological independence.Going forward,users such as companies and public institutions will be able to have convenient access to high-quality IP statistical analysis reports through the KIIP website(https:/www.kiip.re.kr/index.do).Enhancing Global IP Cooperation Improvement of the Patent Prosecution Highway(PPH)The Patent Prosecution Highway(PPH)is an international cooperation program that leverages the fast-track examination procedures already in place among participating patent offices of different countries.This allows applicants to receive final disposition of a patent application more quickly and efficiently than standard examination processing.1)PPH Cooperation with the US and Japan Especially among the IP5 members,discussions had been ongoing to enhance the predictability of each stage of examination for PPH applications.The USPTO and JPO first launched an improvement initiative in 2022.Beginning in August 2023,KIPO joined the USPTO and JPO in implementing an“improvement initiative”in order to support applicants to establish effective IP strategies and enter overseas market through fast acquisition of rights.Under this initiative,the time to receive the first examination notice for accelerated examination under the PPH framework would be reduced from four to three months and the period between an applicants response and the next examination notice to be managed within three months.KIPOs participation in this was decided following the Memorandum of Understanding on Bilateral Cooperation between USPTO and KIPO signed in June 2023.Now applicants who have applied for the PPH at KIPO,the USPTO and JPO may obtain patents within three months from the grant of a PPH request.As more countries join the initiative,applicants desiring to expand their market would find it easier to predict the timing of PPH examination at each country and manage their IP systematically and enter the global market more strategically.2)Pilot PPH between the Korea and Indonesia In December 2023,KIPO began a pilot PPH program with the IP office of Indonesia(Directorate General of IP;DGIP)for prioritized examinations.This PPH program was established following an agreement at the Korea-Indonesia summit and between the heads of the IP offices of the Korea and Indonesia.Prior to the pilot program,it could take up to 40 months to acquire a patent from the Indonesian Patent Office.Through the PPH,applicants who have received a relatively IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 27 earlier patent decision from KIPO(average duration of domestic patent examination is 18.4 months)can expect a significantly reduced time to acquire a patent from DGIP.With the addition of Indonesia,KIPO has partnered with a total of 38 IP offices(34 countries and 4 international organizations)through bilateral,IP5,and Global PPH(including PCT-PPH)programs.KIPO Production information Table 2.3 shows production figures for applications,examinations,grants,appeals or trials and PCT activities for 2022 and 2023.Table 2.3:KIPO PRODUCTION INFORMATION KIPO PRODUCTION FIGURES 2022 2023 Change%Change Applications filed (by Origin of Application)Domestic 183,748 191,142 7,394 4.0%Foreign 53,885 52,168-1,717-3.2%Total 237,633 243,310 5,677 2.4%Applications filed (by Types of Application)Divisional Applications 15,956 15,904-52-0.3%Converted Applications 27 20-7-25.9%Others 221,650 227,386 5,736 2.6%Total 237,633 243,310 5,677 2.4%Examination Requests 202,508 199,979-2,529-1.2%First Actions 172,793 177,650 4,857 2.8%Final Actions 172,492 175,536 3,044 1.8%Grants Domestic 99,202 99,315 113 0.1%Foreign 35,978 35,419-559-1.6%Total 135,180 134,734-446-0.3%Appeals/Trials Demand for Appeal against refusal 1,589 1,700 111 7.0mand for Trial for invalidation 374 336-38-10.2%PCT Activities International searches 29,928 29,275-653-2.2%International preliminary examinations 96 118 22 22.9%IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 28 KIPO budget Figure 2.9 shows KIPO expenditures by category in 2023 A description of the items in Figure 2.9 can be found in Annex 1.KIPO Staff Composition At the end of 2023,the KIPO had a total staff 1,895.The breakdown is as follows.Examiners Patents and Utility Model 980 Designs and Trademarks 213 Appeal examiners 106 Other staff 596 Total 1,895 More information Further information can be found on KIPOs Homepage:www.kipo.go.kr/en/MainApp A:18%B:38%C:42%D:2%Fig.2.9:KIPO EXPENDITURES 2023(Million Won)A:Personnel resources:160,354B:Internal business:328,382C:Primary business expenses:361,817D:Other expenses:16,667IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 29 China National Intellectual Property Administration The CNIPA is an institution in charge of intellectual property rights directly under the State Council,which conducts examination and authorization,approving and registering,and administratively adjudicating of patent,trademark,geographical indication,and layout-design of integrated circuit,as well as coordinating foreign-related intellectual property affairs.Office News The newly amended Implementing Regulations of the Patent Law came into force.The amendments mainly involved five aspects:First,the patent application system was further refined to facilitate the applicants and innovative entities to obtain patents.Second,the patent examination system was optimized to improve the patent examination quality.Third,the administrative protection of patent was strengthened to safeguard the legitimate rights and interests of the patentees.Fourth,better patent public services were provided to enhance patent transformation and utilization.Fifth,special provisions on international applications for design were added to align with the Hague Agreement Concerning the International Deposit of Industrial Designs.Special Action Plan for Patent Transformation With the aim of promoting the industrialization of patent,the General Office of the State Council issued the Special Action Plan for Patent Transformation and Utilization(2023-2025)on October 17.CNIPA,jointly with relevant departments,formulated the work plan for revitalizing existing patents in universities and research institutions,as well as the initiative for promoting the industrialization of patents to boost the development of small and medium-sized enterprises.Promote the Development of a Fast-track and Coordinated IP Protection Mechanism CNIPA approved to establish another 15 IP protection centers and fast-track IPR enforcement centers.As of the end of 2023,there were 70 national IP protection centers and 42 fast-track IPR enforcement centers.With the support of the IP protection centers and the fast-track IPR enforcement centers,CNIPA continued to carry out the pilot program on expedited resolution of IP disputes to reduce the average processing time.In 2023,these centers received more than 121,000 IP dispute cases in total.Highlights Shown in Figures As of the end of 2023,the total number of valid invention patent in Chinese mainland reached 4.015 million,exceeding four million for the first time,a year-on-year increase of 22.4 percent.The total number of valid registered trademark is 44.047 million,a year-on-year increase of 8.4 percent.According to the statistics of 35 fields of technology classified by WIPO,as of the end of 2023,the top three technical fields of Chinas domestic effective invention patent IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 30 growth rate were IT methods for management,computer technology and basic communication processes,with a year-on-year increase of 59.4 percent,39.3 percent and 30.8 percent,which were much higher than the domestic average.A joint announcement by the CNIPA and the National Bureau of Statistics(NBS)showed that the added value of Chinas patent-intensive industries amounted to RMB 15.3 trillion in 2022,accounting for 12.71 percent of GDP,an increase of 0.27 percentage points from the previous year.Publish the China Patent Survey Report for 8 consecutive years.According to the latest data,the commercialization rate of Chinese invention patents will be 39.6 percent,steadily improving for five consecutive years.As the main body of innovation activities,the commercialization rate of invention patents of Chinese enterprises is 51.3 percent,exceeding 50 percent for the first time.Patent Examination CNIPA amended the Guidelines for Patent Examination and the Several Provisions on Regulating Patent Application Activities.CNIPA issued two sets of patent guidelines on the determination of protected objects for utility models and international registration applications for design,and six sets of trademark guidelines on trademark assignment procedures,so as to seek practical solutions to address the concerns of innovative entities.Conducting research and demonstration on key issues of the Regulations on the Protection of Layout-Designs of Integrated Circuits and amendments to implementing rules,and the data intellectual property protection system.Promoting research and demonstration on the basic legal system of intellectual property rights.CNIPA conducted research and argumentation on key issues related to the amendments of the Regulations for the Protection of Layout-Design of Integrated Circuits and the implementing regulations thereof,as well as the protection system of data intellectual property rights.Research and argumentation on the fundamental legal system of intellectual property rights was put on the agenda.In 2023,the average pendency for the examination of invention patents was reduced to 16.0 months,realizing annual pendency of examination goal.The accuracy rate of invention patent examination and conclusion is 94.2 percent.The user satisfaction rating on patent examination quality is 86.3,keeping in the satisfactory range for 14 consecutive years.Digital Construction The“1 5 N”information public service product portfolio has taken shape,with the national IP public service network as a hub,and the patent search and analysis system,the design patent search public service system,the patent information service platform for key industries,the public service system for IP data resources and the EU trademark inquiry system as main carriers,in coordination with the patent thematic database.Seven patent thematic databases were built to provide public welfare industry information services to the public,basic data of 59 types of IPRs newly opened.The pilot sharing of e-commerce platform patent evaluation reports was continuously promoted,and the sharing agreement was signed with additional 11 e-commerce platforms in 2023 to provide support in e-commerce for strengthening IP protection.IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 31 Statistics Products CNIPA has continuously enriched statistical information products,contribute to help the digitalization and greening of the economy and society.Focusing on digitalization,CNIPA published the Concordance Table between Core Industry Classification of Digital Economy and International Patent Classification and the Patent Classification Scheme on Key Digital Technologies covering seven major technology fields such as artificial intelligence,high-end computer chip,quantum information,etc.,and publish the Patent Statistical Analysis Report of Core Industry of Digital Economy(2023).Focusing on green development,CNIPA published the Classification Scheme for Green Patent Technologies,carried out patent statistical analysis focusing on key technologies such as carbon reduction,zero-carbon and negative-carbon,and published the Report on the Statistical Analysis of Patents on Global Green and Low-Carbon Technologies in English and Chinese,published the Statistical Monitoring Report on Chinas Patent-Intensive Industries(2022),and organized the translation,compilation and publication of the Compiled Statistical Reports on IP-intensive Industries(EU and U.K.Volume)and the Compiled Statistical Reports on IP-intensive Industries(China,U.S.,R.Korea and Latin America Volume).Patent Documentation Resource In 2023,a total of 142 types of literature resources were allocated,including 7 types of patent resources and 135 types of non-patent resources,providing basic guarantee for patent examination,patent information public service,macro-management and related research;and patent document exchange was carried out with 28 countries(regions)or international organizations,and Chinese patent documents were granted to 5 PCT International Search and Preliminary Examination Authorities.As of the end of 2023,540 types of patent documentation resources were collected,including 191 types of bibliography data,167 types of full-page image data,83 types of full-text data,18 types of thematic data,72 types of auxiliary search data,and 20 types of other data.The bibliographic data,the full-page image data and the full-text data covered 104,103 and 36 countries(regions)or international organizations,respectively.International Cooperation The flagship event marking the China-WIPO 50th anniversary of cooperation were held in Beijing.Chinese President Xi Jinping specially sent a congratulatory letter,Premier Li Qiang met with the Director General of WIPO,and Vice Premier Ding Xuexiang attended the home event to read out President Xi Jinpings congratulatory letter,and delivered a speech.During the 64th Series of Meetings of the Assemblies of the Member States of WIPO,a series of events marking the China-WIPO 50th anniversary of cooperation was held in Geneva,including a historical photo exhibition and a China self-innovation products show.CNIPA continues to deepen intellectual property cooperation under the Belt and Road Initiative.the 1st Meeting of China-Central Asia Heads of Intellectual Property Offices was held,establishing a new platform for IP cooperation with Central Asian countries.The 14th Meeting of China-ASEAN Heads of Intellectual Property Offices was held.The cooperative relationship was continuously deepened through biennial cooperation plans.CNIPA continuously carried out the Belt and Road Master Degree Program in Intellectual Property.20 students from 15 Belt and Road Initiative(BRI)partner countries participated in this program in China.CNIPA held the training program on geographical indications and protection of traditional Chinese medicine for ASEAN IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 32 countries,the IP training program for Latin American countries,the training program on patent examination for the Gulf Cooperation Council(GCC)Patent Office,the training program for ASEAN Excellence Scholarship,etc.CNIPA promoted the cooperation of IP5,hosted the IP5 Statistical Working Group Meeting to promote the implementation of the new vision of IP5 cooperation.More than 20 bilateral and trilateral cooperation projects were carried out with the JPO and the KIPO in the fields of patent examination,design,and automation.CNIPA expanded and optimized the Patent Prosecution Highway(PPH)cooperation network,signed Memorandum of Understanding on PPH Cooperation with France and Bahrain,and extended the PPH pilot programs with the IP5 Offices,Eurasian Patent Office,Russia,the Czech Republic,Denmark,Norway,Japan,Chile and Saudi Arabia,bringing the number of PPH partners to 32.CNIPA extended the PCT International Searching Authority pilot program with the European Patent Office.CNIPA conducted examiners exchanges with IP offices of Japan,Korea,the United Kingdom and Finland,jointly completed and published the Report of Comparative Study on AI-Related Inventions with the JPO,and deepened the cooperation in patent examination with the GCC Patent Office,Saudi Arabia,Cambodia,and Laos.IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 33 CNIPA production information Table 2.4 shows production figures of patent applications,examination,grants,re-examination and invalidation,and PCT activities in the years 2022 and 2023.The data in table 2.4 concentrate only on patents for invention.Table 2.4:CNIPA PRODUCTION INFORMATION CNIPA PRODUCTION FIGURES 2022 2023 Change%Change Applications filed Domestic 1,464,605 1,522,292 57,687 3.9%Foreign 154,663 155,409 746 0.5%Total 1,619,268 1,677,701 58,433 3.6%Examination First actions 1,311,273 1,457,265 145,992 11.1%Final actions 1,475,405 1,618,806 143,401 9.7%Grants Domestic 695,591 819,234 123,643 17.8%Foreign 102,756 101,563-1,193-1.2%Total 798,347 920,797 122,450 15.3%Re-examination and invalidation Re-examination requests 96,713 99,087 2,374 2.5%Invalidation request 1,431 1,638 207 14.5%PCT activities International searches 77,669 n.a.n.a n.a International preliminary examinations 394 n.a.n.a n.a n.a.:not available IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 34 CNIPA Budget Fig 2.10 shows CNIPA expenditures by category in 2023.29 A description of the items in Figure 2.10 can be found in Annex 1.The CNIPA Organization Composition The CNIPA has eight functional departments,including the General Office,Department of Treaty and Law,Strategic Planning Department,Intellectual Property Protection Department,Intellectual Property Utilization Promotion Department,Public Service Department,International Cooperation Department(Office of Hong Kong,Macao and Taiwan Affairs)and Personnel Department.More information Further information can be found on the CNIPAs Homepage: Percentages in this report may not add to 100 due to rounding.A:10%B:84%C:3%D:2%Fig.2.10:CNIPA EXPENSES 2023(Million Yuan)A:Administrative Operation:762B:Patent Examination:6,463C:Social and Housing security,Pension:257D:Others:168IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 35 United States Patent and Trademark Office The USPTOs ultimate goal is to propel innovation,entrepreneurship,and creativity for the benefit of all Americans and people around the world.The USPTOs mission is to drive U.S.innovation,inclusive capitalism,and global competitiveness.The agency accomplishes its mission via its vision of unleashing Americas potential by accelerating the creativity that drives U.S.innovation in all its forms,and by bolstering adoption of that innovation in key and emerging technologies while bringing more Americans into the innovation ecosystem.Guided by the USPTOs mission and vision,the USPTOs 2022-2026 Strategic Plan outlines five Agency goals:Goal 1:Drive inclusive U.S.innovation and global competitiveness Goal 2:Promote the efficient delivery of reliable IP rights Goal 3:Promote the protection of IP against new and persistent threats Goal 4:Bring innovation to impact for the public good Goal 5:Generate impactful employee and customer experiences by maximizing agency operations The USPTO fulfills the mandate of article I,section 8,clause 8 of the Constitution,which grants the Legislative Branch the power to“promote the Progress of Science and useful Arts,by securing for limited Times to Authors and Inventors the exclusive Right to their respective Writings and Discoveries”;and supports effective administration of the Commerce Clause of the Constitution(article I,section 8,clause 3),whose purpose is“to regulate Commerce with foreign Nations,and among the several States,and with the Indian Tribes.”As an agency of the U.S.Department of Commerce,the USPTO supports the departments mission to create conditions for economic growth and opportunity for all communities by promoting accessible,strong,and effective IP rights to advance innovation,creativity,and entrepreneurship.The USPTO IP system incentivizes and protects the deep investment of time,money,resources,and collaboration needed to solve problems,deliver solutions,and enrich the lives of many Americans.The Agency provides valued products and services to its customers in exchange for fees that are appropriated to fund its operations.The powers and duties of the USPTO are vested in the Under Secretary of Commerce for Intellectual Property and Director of the USPTO,who consults with the Patent Public Advisory Committee and the Trademark Public Advisory Committee.The USPTO operates with two core business units,Patents and Trademarks.Agency News In FY 2023,the USPTO received 462,215 serialized patent applications,an increase of 1.0 percent over the number received in FY 2022.The number of utility pending applications increased by 15.1 percent over the prior year.The number of patent grants totaled 346,152,a 2.0 percent decrease from FY 2022.While the quantity of patent applications increased,processing time remained relatively stable with some fluctuations.The USPTO exceeded its FY 2023 Patent Term Adjustment(PTA)target of 80 percent,achieving 81 percent total compliance for mailed actions(i.e.,office actions the agency mailed to applicants).An office action is an official letter from the patent examiner to the patent applicant during the patent examination process(i.e.,patent prosecution).The USPTO did not meet its PTA compliance target for remaining inventory(i.e.,cases awaiting action from the agency);total PTA compliance was 82 percent,4 percent below the target of 86 percent.The agency has implemented IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 36 numerous approaches to address remaining inventory,including catch-up overtime,revisions to the examiner award program,and increased hiring targets.Throughout FY 2023 the USPTO lent support for advancement of innovation in several key technology areas including climate protection.In February 2023,the USPTO announced a collaboration with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for an exchange of employees over the course of up to a year to strengthen the work at both Agencies to incentivize greater innovation in climate and green technology areas.This cooperation will aid the USPTO examiners when reviewing patent applications related to climate and environmental technologies.In March 2023,the USPTO announced a special category of its Patents for Humanity Program for green energy inventions.This new award category will provide business incentives for patent applicants,holders,and licensees whose inventions are addressing the challenges of climate change through green energy innovations,including wind,solar,hydrogen,hydropower,geothermal,and biofuels technologies.In May 2023,the USPTO,Federal Laboratory Consortium,and academic technology transfer non-profit AUTM hosted the Green Energy Innovation Expo to assist licensors of federally funded green energy technologies,including green hydrogen,energy storage,and wind energy,to network and meet with potential licensees to move green energy forward.In June 2023,the USPTO expanded and extended the Climate Change Mitigation Pilot Program by advancing more opportunities to encourage and expedite examination for innovations that lead to net-zero emissions by broadening the pool of eligible innovations.Emerging technology tools using artificial intelligence(AI),machine learning(ML),and robotic process automation have brought opportunities to for operating efficiencies,cost savings,and enhancements of patent examiners access to prior art.In FY 2023 an increasing number of examiners are using Patents End-to-End Similarity Search,a trained AI model that produces a list of domestic and foreign patent documents based on examiner-selected application criteria.In addition to being subject to rigorous testing,the USPTO relies on human input for model improvement;these AI and ML tools collect real-time examiner feedback and are continuously improved to meet performance standards and foster effectiveness.Throughout FY 2023,the USPTO conducted activities to support and empower underrepresented independent inventors,entrepreneurs,and small businesses in underserved communities.Programs included the Womens Entrepreneurship initiative;the Council for Inclusive Innovation(CI)with IP leaders in corporate,academic,professional,and government organizations;and the USPTOs Innovator events for everyone.Under the CI,the USPTO created the First-Time Filer Expedited Examination Pilot Program which accelerates the first office action for participants,increasing the possibility of an early indication of patentability and allowing inventors to make business decisions earlier in the patent process.The USPTO established its entrepreneurship resources for the military community initiative to empower more veterans,military spouses,and service members to participate in the innovation ecosystem and to support their entrepreneurial pursuits.During FY 2023,the USPTO,in partnership with the Small Business Administration and other entrepreneurial support organizations,conducted road shows at eight military bases and delivered startup resources to nearly 500 individuals from four service branches.In September 2023,the USPTO issued the 1 millionth design patent.Design filings have been mostly flat in the last three FYs following the large annual increase from FY 2020 to FY 2021.The number of trademark applications received in FY 2023 were 6.4 percent below the prior year but about the same as the number received in FY 2020,marking a return to IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 37 historical growth rates.Trademarks met the 8.5 month first action pendency and slightly(0.1 months)fell short of the total pendency target of 14.5 months.To reduce the trademark backlog created in the recent years unprecedented growth and to enhance customer communication,in FY 2023 the USPTO hired a number of examining attorneys as well as specialists to support the examination of maintenance filings,and enlisted paralegal support for anti-scam work.The USPTO is committed to connecting under resourced inventors and entrepreneurs to legal assistance through a variety of programs including the Patent Pro Bono Program,no-cost Patent Trial and Appeal Board and Trademark Trial Appeal Board services,and law school clinics that offer free legal assistance.For FY 2023 the Patent Pro Bono program budget was nearly doubled enabling the USPTO and volunteer partners to expand support to traditionally underserved communities and help foster a more inclusive and equitable innovation ecosystem.In FY 2023 the USPTO increased access to free legal services by expanding its Law School Clinic Certification Program to more law schools.Participating institutions provide free services to patent and trademark applicants,including help with application filing and trademark registration.International Cooperation and Work Sharing Throughout FY 2023,the USPTO represented the U.S.and the interests of U.S.rights holders at more than 45 high-level meetings of international organizations.In August 2023,the agency signed a memorandum of understanding(MOU)with Mexico that will allow for accelerated patent grant procedures to benefit U.S.patent holders.The USPTO concluded 15 other agreements and MOUs in FY 2023 with IP offices and partner organizations including Canada,Mongolia,and Panama.IP5 Statistics Report 2023 Chapter 2 The IP5 Offices Navigation 38 USPTO production information Table 2.5 includes production figures for application filings,PCT searches and examination,first actions,grants,applications in appeal and interference,and patent cases in litigation for the years 2022 and 2023.Table 2.5:USPTO PRODUCTION INFORMATION USPTO PRODUCTION FIGURES 2022 2023 Change%Change Applications filed Utility(patents for invention)30 594,340 598,090 3,750 0.6%Domestic 273,585 275,889 2,304 0.8%Foreign 320,755 322,201 1,446 0.5%Plant 888 850-38-4.3%Reissue 1,242 807-435-35.0%Total utility,plant&reissue 596,470 599,747 3,277 0.5sign 52,923 56,225 3,302 6.2%Provisional 146,737 149,643 2,906 2.0%Total 796,130 805,615 9,485 1.2%Request for continued examination(RCE)31 133,837 134,241 404 0.3%PCT Chapter I searches 19,215 21,576 2,361 12.3%PCT Chapter II examinations 689 515-174-25.3%First actions(utility,plant,reissue)493,599 528,873 35,274 7.1%Grants(total)323,418 315,245-8,173-2.5%U.S.residents 141,938 148,071 6,133 4.3%Foreign 181,480 167,174-14,306-7.9%Japan 45,656 38,490-7,166-15.7%EPC states 49,862 44,984-4,878-9.8%R.Korea 22,031 22,081 50 0.2%P.R.China 27,100 24,044-3,056-11.3%Others 36,831 37,575 744 2.0%Applications in appeal and interference proceedings (includes utility,plant,and reissue)Ex-parte cases received 4,682 4,262-420-9.0%Ex-parte cases disposed 5,728 4,406-1,322-23.1%Inter-part
2023-12-22
118页
5星级
NATIONAL SCIENCE BOARDSCIENCE&ENGINEERING INDICATORS 2024R&DPublications Output:U.S.Trends and Inter.
2023-12-22
64页
5星级
Introduction .3Key Highlights .4What about the students?.5Participant Overview .6Experience&Interest in Study Abroad .7What Kind of Study Abroad Experience Are You Planning?.8Why Are You interested in Studying Abroad?.9Barriers to Study Abroad .10Engaging Study Abroad Students .11Communication .14Study Away.Virtual Programming.Here To Stay?.15Accessibility .16Conclusion .17CONTENTSTOPLINE REPORTReporting on data from the Study Abroad Survey conducted on 223 college students.Market research by Thrive Analytics,LLC.IntroductionVOICE OF THE STUDENTS 3With the COVID pandemic behind us,interest in study abroad is picking up once again.From our vantage point at Terra Dotta,with more than 700 higher education customers in the United States and abroad,were seeing the number of student applications increase dramatically and on pace to surpass 2019 levels.Still reeling/recovering from lockdowns and remote learning,students are more eager than ever to explore the world and experience different cultures.For many,the opportunity to study abroad represents an important milestone in their developmental and educational journey,as it provides a unique opportunity to broaden their horizons and gain new perspectives.By supporting students in their quest to study abroad,we can help them become better informed global citizens and nurture a more inclusive society.The results of our Study Abroad Survey:The Voice of the Students offer new insights into the current state of student interest and demand for study abroad.We found that while students are eager to resume international education experiences,they also have significant concerns regarding the financial considerations,as well as lingering questions about the health and safety,and the accessibility of programs.As institutions work to address these concerns and navigate the ever-changing landscape of international education,it is essential to stay tuned to the student perspective.In doing so,they can ensure programming aligns with student interest(and need)while future-proofing study abroad programming.THE RESURGENCE OF STUDY ABROAD:ASSESSING STUDENT DEMANDn Seventy-two percent of students surveyed hope or plan to participate in a study abroad program.n Sixty-three percent plan to do it in the spring of 2024.n The biggest hindrances to participation are cost,COVID,and parents.n Those that do plan to participate want to do a semester-long program in European countries.n Most students got interested early on(high school or freshman year),and it played a role in school selection,with 57%saying it was a factor.n Websites played a key role in providing information with 25%saying it was the first place they learned about the programs,and 75%stating that is where they got most of the information.n Students would be interested in study away or virtual internships.They just need more information.n Students want information communicated via email,website,and in-person with professors.n Nearly all students feel study abroad is important for personal and professional growth.n Help with financial aid is the top method by which institutions can make programs more accessible.n Students expect to keep in touch via email with the institution,and via phone calls with parents.n Students feel studying abroad will give them unique,world perspectives and exposures they would not have if they didnt participate.Key HighlightsVOICE OF THE STUDENTS 4TO GET A SENSE OF students current perspectives on study abroad,we commissioned a survey of over 200 students across the US.We wanted to know when and where students planned to study abroad;their motivations,barriers,and concerns;how they learned about programs,how they want to be communicated with,and how early they became interested in study abroad.We collected data on a few other points as well,which we are proud to present in the second edition of our Study Abroad Survey:The Voice of the Student.What about the students?VOICE OF THE STUDENTS 5Meeting and getting to know people from other cultures around the world increases understanding and acceptance,and is vital in fighting bigotry and prejudice.Study abroad programs are a wonderful opportunity for students to gain first-hand experience of how limited the world view they grew up with can be,and how varied the world is in culture and identity.STUDENT QUOTEWE SURVEYED university students at public and private institutions representing a broad range of majors.The majority of respondents(49%)were college freshmen,bringing timely perspectives on the near future of study abroad.Participant OverviewVOICE OF THE STUDENTS 6RESPONDENTS BY CLASSRESPONDENTS BY TYPE OF INSTITUTERESPONDENTS BY MAJORFRESHMAN 49%SOPHMORE 22%JUNIOR 17%SENIOR 12%PUBLIC 71%PRIVATE 29%BUSINESS,MANAGEMENT,MARKETING,17%AND RELATED SUPPORT SERVICES HEALTH PROFESSIONS AND RELATED PROGRAMS 15%LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES,GENERAL STUDIES 12%AND HUMANITIES BIOLOGICAL AND BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES 9%ENGINEERING 9%SOCIAL SCIENCES(EXCLUDING INTERNATIONAL 9%RELATIONS AND AFFAIRS)OTHER 9%LEGAL PROFESSIONS AND STUDIES 8UCATION 6%ARCHITECTURE AND RELATED SERVICES 3%PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION AND 3%SOCIAL SERVICE PROFESSIONS Experience&Interest in Study AbroadWHILE MOST OF THE STUDENTS SURVEYED this year have never studied abroad,nearly three quarters planned to soon,and in the future.At long last,COVID-19 did not play a major role in why students had not studied abroad,though its still a concern for the future.88%HAVE NEVER STUDIED ABROAD72%HOPE OR PLAN TO STUDY ABROAD84%HAD A PREVIOUS STUDY ABROAD PROGRAM CANCELED BECAUSE OF COVID88%ARE PLANNING TO APPLY FOR ANOTHER PROGRAMVOICE OF THE STUDENTS 7HOPING OR PLANNING TO STUDY ABROAD IN 63%SPRING 2024 22LL 2023 9%SUMMER 2023 6%OTHER IN WHAT COUNTRY ARE YOU PLANNING TO STUDY ABROAD?UNITED KINGDOM 20%ITALY 14%GERMANY 14%JAPAN 13%FRANCE 11%SPAIN 8%OTHER 5%SOUTH KOREA 3%MEXICO 3%IRELAND 3%COSTA RICA 2NADA 2%AUSTRALIA 2NMARK 1%CHINA 0%What Kind of Study Abroad Experience Are You Planning?As for the type of study abroad experience students are most interested in?A semester in Europe seems to be the popular choice.WHAT KIND OF STUDY ABROAD EXPERIENCE ARE YOU PLANNING?SEMESTER ABROAD 61%UNDECIDED 17%RESEARCH 6%EXCHANGE PROGRAM 4%SERVICE-LEARNING 3%INTERNSHIP 3%LANGUAGE LEARNING/IMMERSION 3CULTY-LED PROGRAM 26 WEEKS 3%VOICE OF THE STUDENTS 8As for why students want to go abroad,well,its personal.Personal growth(43%)and a love of travel(36%)were the top reasons by a wide margin.Career readiness might be a by-product of study abroad,though its use as a motivator may be overstated.Only 7%of respondents selected preparation for a global workforce as their top reason for interest in study abroad.WHAT IS THE PRIMARY REASON YOU ARE INTERESTED IN STUDY ABROAD?Personal growth .43cause I love to travel .36%To prepare myself for a global workforce .7%I want to strengthen my language skills .6cause Ive never been out of the country before .6cause my friend did it and loved it .3%“Experiencing culture and a country outside of the one you were born in is an incredible privilege!It prepares you for the unknown and how to adapt in unfamiliar environments,as well as provide better chances to gain independence and a point of view on the world that you wouldnt have otherwise.”STUDENT QUOTEVOICE OF THE STUDENTS 9Compare this to our 2022 Student Survey,where 24.1%of students choose to prepare myself for a global workforce as their top interest.Why Are You interested in Studying Abroad?Barriers to Study AbroadNow that we know students are looking forward to studying abroad,what are some of the things that may stand in the way?When asked to choose the top three barriers to study abroad,students selected:Cost/Finances(84%),COVID(38%),and Worried Parents(31%).Interestingly,the students not planning to participate in study abroad had similar concerns as their peers,with Cost/Finances(37%)and Family(13%)as two of the top three concerns.Lack of awareness also played a role in this groups disinterest,with 21%reporting I dont know anything about it and another 6%selecting I have not heard of it.In addition to alternative funding options and scholarships,it seems like program education could sway a few study abroad holdouts.GENERALLY SPEAKING,WHAT WOULD PREVENT YOU FROM TRAVELING FOR STUDY ABROAD?(PLEASE SELECT UP TO 3 REASONS.)WHY ARE YOU NOT HOPING OR PLANNING TO STUDY ABROAD?VOICE OF THE STUDENTS 10 COST/FINANCES 84%COVID 38%WORRIED PARENTS 31ADEMIC PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 26%WORLD POLITICS 23%GENERAL SAFETY CONCERNS 18%CULTURAL DIFFERENCES 7%(CONCERNS OVER RACE,GENDER,RELIGION,AND IDENTITY)CULTURAL ISSUES 5%(I.E.NOT SURE IF THE COUNTRY WOULD WELCOME POC OR LGBTQ STUDENTS)NOTHING!ALL SYSTEMS GO!3%EXTRACURRICULARS 1%(SUCH AS VARSITY SPORTS OR LEADERSHIP ROLES IN STUDENT GROUPS)IT COSTS TOO MUCH MONEY/37%FINANCIAL CONCERNS I DONT KNOW ANYTHING ABOUT IT 21MILY RESPONSIBILITIES 13%COVID HAS MADE ME WANT 8%TO STAY CLOSER TO HOME OTHER 6%I HAVE NOT HEARD OF IT 6%GEOPOLITICAL ISSUES HAVE 5CREASED MY INTEREST ACADEMIC CONCERNS 5%WE KNOW STUDENTS are interested in study abroad,but how early are they considering programs?According to our respondents,45%of them became interested in high school.For 57%of students,study abroad programs and support influences the decision to attend university.Based on our conversations with study abroad professionals,many of you are aware of the need to engage students early.If anything,this data supports the need to start outreach during the admissions process and nurture student relationships,from the moment they set foot on campus.Engaging Study Abroad StudentsVOICE OF THE STUDENTS 1157%of students said that an institutions Study Abroad programs and/or support played a role in their decision to attend23%IT WAS SOMETHING I LOOKED INTO,BUT IT WASNT INVOLVED IN MY DECISION57%YES19%NOWHEN DID YOU FIRST GET INTERESTED IN STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMS?FRESHMANYEAR 42%SOPHMOREYEAR 9%JUNIORYEAR 4%HIGH SCHOOL 45%WE ASKED STUDENTS about the best way for their institution to promote information about study abroad programs,ideas,and availability.The top communication medium was personal email,followed by their institutions website,professors,in-person info sessions,newsletters,and social media.CommunicationVOICE OF THE STUDENTS 12PLEASE SELECT THE TOP THREE BEST WAYS FOR YOUR COLLEGE TO COMMUNICATE WITH YOU ABOUT STUDY ABROAD PROGRAM IDEAS,OPTIONS,AND AVAILABILITY.Personal email 78%Website 66%Professors 63%ln-person group info sessions 18%Newsletter e-mail 17%Social media 16%Virtual group info sessions 13%1-on-1 meetings 8%lnformation fairs 8%Online Q&As and recorded videos 8%Peers 7%WHERE DO YOU FIND MOST OF YOUR INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR INSTITUTIONS STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMS?75%3%1%9%n ONLINE STUDY ABROAD WEBSITEn IN-PERSAN OR VIRTUAL MEETINGSn TALKING TO FRIENDSn WRITTEN MATERIALS,COLLATERALn OTHERWHEN IT COMES TO ONGOING COMMUNICATION with the Study Abroad office,email is the preferred method of communication.The second ranked method?In-person.Students,like many of us,are looking for a return to normal after years of distance and virtual-only options for connection.WHAT ARE YOUR TOP TWO PREFERRED COMMUNICATION CHANNELS FOR ONGOING COMMUNICATION WITH THE STUDY ABROAD OFFICE?(I.E.,WHAT IS THE BEST WAY FOR THEM TO COMMUNICATE WITH YOU?)n 87%EMAILn 68%IN-PERSONn 19%TEXT MESSAGINGn 14%ZOOM/VIDEO CONFERENCEn 10%PHONEn 8%SOCIAL MEDIAn 3%WECHATn 1%CHATBOTCommunication Pre-departureVOICE OF THE STUDENTS 13DID YOU KNOW?Terra Dotta Engage not only offers a single location to communicate with students as they move through the decision process,but also equips leaders with information that can be shared across the institution.ALRIGHT,WHAT ABOUT WHEN STUDENTS ARE ABROAD?How do they expect their institution to communicate?Is email still king?Yes,89%of students selected email as the primary mode of communication,with text messages a distant second at 50%.The answer is different for their parents,with 91%of students expecting to communicate by phone calls and 66%by text message.HOW WILL YOUR INSTITUTION KEEP IN TOUCH WITH YOU WHILE YOU ARE ABROAD?(PLEASE SELECT ALL THAT APPLY.)HOW WILL YOUR PARENTS KEEP IN TOUCH WITH YOU WHILE YOU ARE ABROAD?(PLEASE SELECT ALL THAT APPLY.)Communication While AbroadVOICE OF THE STUDENTS 14n 89%EMAILn 50%TEXT MESSAGESn 22%PHONE CALLSn 10%AN APP ON MY PHONEn 6%I DONT KNOWn 1%OTHERn 91%PHONE CALLSn 66%TEXT MESSAGESn 33%EMAILn 9%AN APP ON MY PHONEn 2%OTHER n 1%I DONT KNOWSTUDENT INTEREST in domestic travel programs remains popular,at least in the abstract.As an alternative for study abroad,43%of students responded they would absolutely consider study away,over half 53%are open but would need some convincing.The story for taking part in a virtual internship is similar,with 44%of students very interested in the opportunity,and 47%that would need to learn more.Study Away.Virtual Programming.Here To Stay?VOICE OF THE STUDENTS 15HOW INTERESTED ARE YOU IN INSTITUTION-SPONSORED DOMESTIC TRAVEL PROGRAMS AS A REPLACEMENT FOR INTERNATIONAL TRAVEL?(OFTEN CALLED STUDY AWAY)HOW INTERESTED ARE YOU IN TAKING PART IN A VIRTUAL INTERNATIONAL INTERNSHIP?ABSOLUTELY!43%NO5%ID CONSIDER IT53%VERY INTERESTED44%NOT INTERESTED9%WOULD NEED TO LEARN MORE47%WHILE STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMS OFFER students the opportunity to gain valuable cross-cultural experiences and to expand their global perspectives,these opportunities must be accessible to all students.This includes individuals with disabilities,as well as other underrepresented groups such as individuals from low-income backgrounds,first-generation college students,and students of color.Though identity-focused advising is of benefit for certain student groups,as a whole,students needs are more commonplace.Guidance on how to pay for study abroad and how programs align with academic commitments,were the top strategies for increasing access.Bottom line:Move forward with efforts to increase access and inclusion in study abroad,with the knowledge addressing program affordability may have the broadest impact.WHAT IS THE TOP THING YOUR INSTITUTION COULD DO TO MAKE STUDY ABROAD EXPERIENCES ACCESSIBLE TO MORE PEOPLE?AccessibilityVOICE OF THE STUDENTS 1651&%6%3%n HELP ME LEARN ABOUT FINANCIAL AID FOR STUDY ABROADn HELP ME ALIGN PROGRAMS TO MY FIELD OF STUDYn MAKE THE PROCESS EASIERn INCREASE STUDENT BODY AWARENESSn EMBRACE VIRTUAL PROGRAMSConclusionVOICE OF THE STUDENTS 17ACHIEVE your strategic objectives for internationalization with better ways to recognize where your institution stands in the ever-changing landscape of global education.Terra Dottas newest addition to the Global Engagement Platform,Dashboards,sits on top of all Terra Dotta solutions and seamlessly aggregates your global data,so you can visually tell your story with accurate information,to the right audience,and in real-time.STUDY ABROAD MAY BE IN FOR A RETURN TO THE OLD DAYS,at least if our underclassmen respondents have their way.Our students are planning to pursue global programming for personal growth and a love of travel,instead of solely as a means to create global workers.Combine that sentiment with a preference for in-person advising and semester-long trips to Western Europe,and it seems nostalgia may be taking root in a study abroad industry undergoing rapid change.The concerns of years past are present as well,with COVID worry giving way to Cost and Finances.While the interest for study abroad has returned,concerns about access remain,and addressing program affordability may offer the broadest and most impactful solution.Now its up to Study Abroad offices to take advantage of this renewed interestconnecting with students early in their college and university careers to advise them on how to make global programming an academic and financial See for yourself.We invite you to learn how Terra Dotta can help you achieve your global engagement objectives.Contact your Terra Dotta representative or reach us online.Global Engagement Solutions for Higher EducationINCOMINGOUTGOINGTRAVEL RISKENGAGEMENTOUR CLOUD-BASED,MODULAR SOLUTIONS encompass outgoing study abroad,incoming international student and scholar services(ISSS),student engagement,global engagement dashboards,and travel risk managementincluding our award-winning AlertTraveler mobile application.Offering a seamless user experience,the platform serves as a hub for institutions global experience programs,pulling in relevant cross-campus student data to enable advanced global engagement analytics.TERRA DOTTA FOR GLOBAL ENGAGEMENT
2023-12-22
18页
5星级
罗兰贝格：预见2026：中国行业趋势报告（90页）.pdf
智源研究院：2026十大AI技术趋势报告（34页）.pdf
中国互联网协会：智能体应用发展报告（2025）（124页）.pdf
三个皮匠报告：2025银发经济生态：中国与全球实践白皮书（150页）.pdf
三个皮匠报告：2025中国商业航天市场洞察报告-中国商业航天新格局全景洞察（25页）.pdf
国声智库：全球AI创造力发展报告2025（77页）.pdf
中国电子技术标准化研究院：2025知识图谱与大模型融合实践案例集（354页）.pdf
三个皮匠报告：2025中国情绪消费市场洞察报告（24页）.pdf
中国银行：2026中国高净值人群财富管理白皮书（66页）.pdf
亿欧智库：2025全球人工智能技术应用洞察报告（43页）.pdf
0731-84720580
商务合作：really158d
友链申请 (QQ)：1737380874
最新报告
中英对照
全文搜索
报告精选
PDF上传翻译
多格式文档互转
入驻&报告售卖
会员权益
机构报告
券商研报
财报库
专题合集
英文报告
数据图表
会议报告
其他资源
研报
新质生产力
DeepSeek
低空经济
大模型
AI Agent
AI Infra
具身智能
自动驾驶
宠物
银发经济
人形机器人
企业出海
算力
微短剧
薪酬
白皮书
创新药
行业分析
个股研究
年报财报
IPO招股书
会议纪要
宏观策略
政策法规
其他
人工智能
信息科技
互联网
消费经济
汽车交通
电商零售
传媒娱乐
医疗健康
投资金融
能源环境
地产建筑
传统产业
英文报告
其它
行业聚焦
芯片产业
热点概念
全球咨询智库
人工智能
500强
新质生产力
会议峰会
新能源汽车
企业年报
互联网
公司研究
行业综观
消费教育
科技通信
医药健康
人力资源
投资金融
汽车产业
物流地产
电子商务
传统产业
传媒营销
其它
十五五规划系列报告合集（共48套打包）
2026低空经济/低空产业报告合集（共47套打包）
AI、科技与通信
广告、传媒与营销
消费、零售与支付
HR、文化与旅游
金融、保险与投资
能源、环境与工业
医疗制药与大健康
物流、地产与建筑
其他行业
AI ▪ 科技 ▪ 通信
数字化
金融财经
智能制造
电商传媒
地产建筑
医疗医学
能源化工
其他行业
收藏
下载
2026-02-02
AI查数
行业数据
政策法规
商业模式
产业链
竞争格局
市场规模
产业概述
其它
2026年
AI读财报
年报
一季报
半年报
三季报
IPO招股书
社会责任报告
A股
IPO申报
港股
美股&全球
新三板
微信扫码登录
手机快捷登录
账号登录
